This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag

'OLD_MOUSE_CODE'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/OLD_MOUSE_CODE@8616 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

.cvsignore

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-system.list
-bin
-.gdb_history
-Test
-config.cache
-configarg.cache
-config.status
-system.list
-linux.system.cache
-wx-config
-config.log
-linux-gnu.system.cache
-*.dsp
-*.dsw
-*.plg
-*.opt
-*.aps
-*.ncb
-*.pro
-*.opt
-*.d
-*.swp
-*.swo
-Release
-Debug
-ReleaseDLL
-DebugDLL
-robert
-stamp-h.in
-Makefile
-configure
-setup.h
-stamp-h
-libtool
-aclocal.m4
-base
-gtk
-motif
-win32
-base-release
-gtk-release
-motif-release
-win32-release
-*tags

BuildCVS.txt

@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-                How to build the sources from CVS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-I) Windows using plain makefiles
-----------------------------------------
-
-a) If using Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 or 6.0
-
-Ensure that the command-line compiler and tools (including
-nmake) are installed and ready to run.  Depending on your
-installation there may be a batch file (named something like
-VCVARS32.BAT) that needs to be run to set correct environment
-varaibles and PATH entries.
-
-Continue with item c) below.
-
-
-b) If using the GNU Mingw32 or GNU Cygwin32 compilers
-
-You can get Mingw32 from  http://www.mingw.org
-
-Cygwin32 is available at  http://www.cygwin.com
-
-The makefile might have small problems with Cygwin's tools
-so it is recommended to use Mingw32 and its toolchain instead
-if possible.
-
--> Set your path so that it includes the directory
-   where your compiler and tools reside
-
--> If your are using an old Mingw32 version (gcc-2.95 or older),
-   you might need to fix some headers with the patches contained
-   in the wxWin\Mingw32-gcc295.patches file. PLEASE APPLY THESE
-   PATCHES BY HAND! There are apparently a few different versions
-   of the headers floating around. Note that these patches are
-   not needed if you are using Mingw32 gcc-2.95.2 or newer.
-  
--> Edit wx/src/makeg95.env and set the MINGW32 variable at the top of
-   the file to either 1 (you have Mingw32) or 0 (you have Cygwin32).
-   If using MINGW32, also set the MINGW32VERSION variable
-   appropiately.
-
-
-c) Build instructions
-
--> Assumming that you installed the wxWindows sources
-   into c:\wxWin
--> Copy c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup0.h
-   to   c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h
--> Edit c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h so that
-   most features are enabled (i.e. defined to 1), for example:
-   #define wxUSE_ODBC          0
-   #define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
-   #define wxUSE_HTML          1
-   #define wxUSE_THREADS       1
-   #define wxUSE_FS_INET       0
-   #define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
-   #define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
-   #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS  1
-   #define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
-   #define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
-   #define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
-
-   and std iostreams are disabled with
-   #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM   0
- 
--> type: cd c:\wxWin\src\msw
--> type: make -f makefile.g95  (if using GNU tools)
-or type: nmake -f makefile.vc   (if using MS VC++)
-
-
-II) Unix ports
---------------
-
-Building wxGTK or wxMotif completely without configure
-won't ever work, but there is now a new makefile system
-that works without libtool and automake, using only
-configure to create what is needed.
-
-In order to create configure, you need to have the
-GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
-on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
-directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
-directory, which just calls autoconf).
-
-Set WXWIN environment variable to the base directory such
-as ~/wxWindows (this is actually not really needed).
-
--> type: export WXWIN=~/wxWindows
--> type: md mybuild
--> type: cd mybuild
--> type: ../configure --with-motif
-or type: ../configure --with-gtk
--> type: make
--> type: su <type root password>
--> type: make install
--> type: ldconfig
--> type: exit
-
-Call configure with --disable-shared to create a static
-library. Calling "make uninstall" will remove the installed
-library and "make dist" will create a distribution (not
-yet complete).
-
-III) Windows using configure
-----------------------------------------
-
-Take a look at Unix->Windows cross compiling. With minor
-modifications, this should work in Windows if you've got the cygnus
-utilities (bash, GNU make, etc) and either mingw32 or cygwin32 installed.
-See http://www.cygnus.com for these programs, or go straight to their
-ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
-
-Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
-section I).
-
-V) MacOS
-----------------------------------------
-
-VI) OS/2
-----------------------------------------
-
-VII) Unix->Windows cross-compiling using configure
---------------------------------------------------
-
-First you'll need a cross-compiler; linux glibc binaries of mingw32 and
-cygwin32 (both based on egcs) can be found at
-ftp://ftp.objsw.com/pub/crossgcc/linux-x-win32. Otherwise you can
-compile one yourself. Check the relevant FAQs.
-
-[ A Note about cygwin32 and mingw32: the main difference is that cygwin32
-binaries are always linked against cygwin.dll. This dll encapsulates most
-standard Unix C extensions, which is very handy if you're porting unix
-software to windows. However, wxMSW doesn't need this, so mingw32 is
-preferable if you write portable C(++). ]
-
-You might want to build both Unix and Windows binaries in the same source
-tree; to do this make subdirs for each e.g. unix and win32. If you've
-already build wxWindows in the main dir, do a 'make distclean' there,
-otherwise configure will get confused. (In any case, read the section 'Unix
-using configure' and make sure you're able to build a native wxWindows
-library; cross-compiling errors can be pretty obscure and you'll want to be
-sure that your configure setup is basically sound.)
-
-To cross compile the windows library, do
--> cd win32
-(or whatever you called it)
-Now run configure. There are two ways to do this
--> ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --build=i586-linux --with-mingw \
-   --enable-dnd=no --without-odbc
-where --build= should read whatever platform you're building on. Configure
-will notice that build and host platforms differ, and automatically prepend
-i586-mingw32- to gcc, ar, ld, etc (make sure they're in the PATH!).
-The other way to run configure is by specifying the names of the binaries
-yourself:
--> CC=i586-mingw32-gcc CXX=i586-mingw32-g++ RANLIB=i586-mingw32-ranlib \
-   DLLTOOL=i586-mingw32-dlltool LD=i586-mingw32-ld NM=i586-mingw32-nm \
-   ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --with-mingw --enable-dnd=no
-
-(all assuming you're using mingw32)
-Drag'n'drop is disabled because mingw32 lacks (AFAIK) OLE headers.
-
-[ Update: some new mingw32 versions now have a new set of windows header
-files, which apparently can handle ole. Untested at the moment ]
-
-ODBC files don't compile as of 13.10.99 - may be this will be fixed by the
-moment you're reading these lines.
-
-Configure will conclude that shared libraries are out of the question and
-opt for a static one. I haven't looked into DLL creation yet.
-
-Type
--> make
-and wait, wait, wait. Don't leave the room, because the minute you do there
-will be a compile error :-)
-
-NB: you risk to get quite a few warnings about "ANSI C++ forbids implicit
-    conversion from 'void *'" in all places where va_arg macro is used. This
-    is due to a bug in (some versions of) mingw32 headers which may be
-    corrected by editing the file
-
-    ${install_prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/i586-mingw32/egcs-2.91.57/include/stdarg.h
-
-    (instead of egcs-2.91.57 you may have something different), searching for
-    the lines
-
-/* Define __gnuc_va_list.  */
-
-#ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST
-#define __GNUC_VA_LIST
-#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(_M_UNIX) || defined(__NetBSD__)
-typedef char *__gnuc_va_list;
-#else
-typedef void *__gnuc_va_list;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    and adding "|| defined(_WIN32)" to the list of platforms on which
-    __gnuc_va_list is char *.
-
-If this is successful, you end up with a libwx_msw.a in win32/lib.  Now try
-building the minimal sample:
-
--> cd samples/minimal
--> make
-
-and run it with wine, for example (or copy to a Windows box)
--> wine minimal.exe
-
-If all is well, do an install; from win32
--> make install
-
-Native and cross-compiled installations can co-exist peacefully
-(as long as their widget sets differ), except for wx-config. You might
-want to rename the cross-compiled one to i586-mingw32-wx-config, or something.
-
-Cross-compiling TODO:
----------------------
-- resource compiling must be done manually for now (should/can we link the
-default wx resources into libwx_msw.a?) [ No we can't; the linker won't
-link it in... you have to supply an object file ]
-- dynamic libraries
-- static executables are HUGE -- there must be room for improvement.
-

Mingw32-gcc295.patches

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
---- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
-***************
-*** 74,91 ****
---- 74,97 ----
-   STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
-  }
-  #define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
-
-+ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
-+ #define GUID_DEFINED
-  typedef struct _GUID
-  {
-      unsigned long Data1;
-      unsigned short Data2;
-      unsigned short Data3;
-      unsigned char Data4[8];
-  } GUID;
-+ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
-  typedef GUID *REFGUID;
-  typedef GUID *LPGUID;
-+ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
-+ #define UUID_DEFINED
-  typedef GUID UUID;
-+ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
-  typedef GUID IID;
-  typedef GUID CLSID;
-  typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
-  typedef IID *LPIID;
-
-
-*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
---- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
-***************
-*** 39,44 ****
---- 39,53 ----
-  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
-  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
-
-+ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
-+ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
-+ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
-+ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
-+ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
-+ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
-+ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
-+ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
-+
-  typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
-  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
-  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
-***************
-*** 49,54 ****
---- 58,73 ----
-  typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
-  typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
-
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
-+ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
-+
-  typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
-   SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
-  } SYSKIND;
-***************
-*** 375,382 ****
-   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
-PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
-  };
-
-  #ifdef __cplusplus
---- 394,401 ----
-   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
-PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
-  };
-
-  #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-
-*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
---- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
-***************
-*** 627,633 ****
-   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
---- 627,633 ----
-   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
-!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
-   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
-
-
---- i386-mingw32\include\stdio.h  Sun Aug  1 06:18:20 1999
-+++ stdio.h     Sun Nov  7 03:41:40 1999
-@@ -203,9 +203,12 @@
- int    fprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, ...);
- int    printf (const char* szFormat, ...);
- int    sprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, ...);
-+int     _snprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat, ...);
- int    vfprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
- int    vprintf (const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
- int    vsprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
-+int     _vsnprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat,
-+                    va_list varg);
-
- /* Wide character versions */
- int    fwprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const wchar_t* wsFormat, ...);
-
-
-
---- i386-mingw32\include\winbase.h  Sat Jul 31 17:48:48 1999
-+++ winbase.h   Fri Feb 25 01:49:08 2000
-@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
- BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE,LPVOID,LPBOOL,DWORD);
- #define RtlMoveMemory memmove
- #define RtlCopyMemory memcpy
--#define RtlFillMemory memset
-+#define RtlFillMemory(d,l,f) memset ((d),(f),(l))
- #define RtlZeroMemory(d,l) memset((d),0,(l))
- #define MoveMemory RtlMoveMemory
- #define CopyMemory RtlCopyMemory
-
---- i386-mingw32\include\winsock.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:50 1999
-+++ winsock.h   Mon Mar 20 13:47:12 2000
-@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
- #define _GNU_H_WINDOWS32_SOCKETS
- #include <windows.h>
-
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+extern "C" {
-+#endif
-+
- #ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H
- typedef unsigned char  u_char;
- typedef unsigned short u_short;
-@@ -495,4 +499,9 @@
- typedef struct timeval TIMEVAL;
- typedef struct timeval *PTIMEVAL;
- typedef struct timeval *LPTIMEVAL;
-+
-+#ifdef __cplusplus
-+}
- #endif
-+#endif
-+
-
-

aclocal.m4

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-# Configure paths for GTK+
-# Owen Taylor     97-11-3
-
-dnl AM_PATH_GTK_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
-dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK_2_0,
-[dnl 
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config-2.0 script
-dnl
-AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
-            gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
-            gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
-		    , enable_gtktest=yes)
-
-  for module in . $4
-  do
-      case "$module" in
-         gthread) 
-             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
-         ;;
-      esac
-  done
-
-  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
-     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
-     if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
-        GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
-     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
-     if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
-        GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
-     fi
-  fi
-
-  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG_2_0, gtk-config-2.0, no)
-  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.3.1,$1)
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
-  no_gtk=""
-  if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
-    no_gtk=yes
-  else
-    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --cflags`
-    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --libs`
-    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
-    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
-    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
-           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
-      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
-      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of gtk-config-2.0 to some extent
-dnl
-      rm -f conf.gtktest
-      AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-int 
-main ()
-{
-  int major, minor, micro;
-  char *tmp_version;
-
-  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
-
-  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
-  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
-  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
-     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
-     exit(1);
-   }
-
-  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
-      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
-      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
-    {
-      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config-2.0 --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n", 
-             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
-             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config-2.0 was correct, then it is best\n");
-      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
-      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
-      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
-      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
-      printf("*** If gtk-config-2.0 was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG_2_0\n");
-      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config-2.0, and remove the file config.cache\n");
-      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
-    } 
-#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
-  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
-	   (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
-           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
-    {
-      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
-	     GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
-      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
-	     gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-    }
-#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
-  else
-    {
-      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
-        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
-        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
-      {
-        return 0;
-       }
-     else
-      {
-        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
-               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
-        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
-	       major, minor, micro);
-        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
-        printf("***\n");
-        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
-        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config-2.0 shell script is\n");
-        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
-        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment to point to the\n");
-        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config-2.0. (In this case, you will have to\n");
-        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
-        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
-      }
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
-       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-     fi
-  fi
-  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $gtk_config_major_version.$gtk_config_minor_version.$gtk_config_micro_version))
-     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])     
-  else
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-     if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
-       echo "*** The gtk-config-2.0 script installed by GTK could not be found"
-       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
-       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment variable to the"
-       echo "*** full path to gtk-config-2.0."
-     else
-       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
-        :
-       else
-          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
-          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
-          AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-],      [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
-          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
-          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
-          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
-          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
-          echo "*** is required on your system"
-	  echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
-          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "*** If you have a RedHat 5.0 system, you should remove the GTK package that"
-          echo "*** came with the system with the command"
-          echo "***"
-          echo "***    rpm --erase --nodeps gtk gtk-devel" ],
-        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
-          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
-          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
-          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config-2.0 script: $GTK_CONFIG_2_0" ])
-          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-       fi
-     fi
-     GTK_CFLAGS=""
-     GTK_LIBS=""
-     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
-  rm -f conf.gtktest
-])

autogen.sh

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-autoconf

contrib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile : Builds wxWindows utils for Unix.
-#
-
-all:
-	cd src; make
-
-clean:
-	cd src; make clean
-	cd samples; make clean
-	cd utils; make clean
-    
-
-samples:
-	cd samples; make

contrib/configure

@@ -1,988 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# From configure.in Id: configure.in
-# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-
-# Defaults:
-ac_help=
-ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
-# Any additions from configure.in:
-
-# Initialize some variables set by options.
-# The variables have the same names as the options, with
-# dashes changed to underlines.
-build=NONE
-cache_file=./config.cache
-exec_prefix=NONE
-host=NONE
-no_create=
-nonopt=NONE
-no_recursion=
-prefix=NONE
-program_prefix=NONE
-program_suffix=NONE
-program_transform_name=s,x,x,
-silent=
-site=
-srcdir=
-target=NONE
-verbose=
-x_includes=NONE
-x_libraries=NONE
-bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
-sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
-libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
-datadir='${prefix}/share'
-sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
-sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
-localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
-libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
-includedir='${prefix}/include'
-oldincludedir='/usr/include'
-infodir='${prefix}/info'
-mandir='${prefix}/man'
-
-# Initialize some other variables.
-subdirs=
-MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
-ac_max_here_lines=12
-
-ac_prev=
-for ac_option
-do
-
-  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
-  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
-    ac_prev=
-    continue
-  fi
-
-  case "$ac_option" in
-  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
-  *) ac_optarg= ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
-
-  case "$ac_option" in
-
-  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
-    ac_prev=bindir ;;
-  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
-    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
-    ac_prev=build ;;
-  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
-    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
-  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
-    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
-  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
-    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
-    ac_prev=datadir ;;
-  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
-  | --da=*)
-    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -disable-* | --disable-*)
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
-      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-    fi
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
-
-  -enable-* | --enable-*)
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
-      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-    fi
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    case "$ac_option" in
-      *=*) ;;
-      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
-    esac
-    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-
-  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
-  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
-  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
-    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
-  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
-  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
-    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
-    with_gas=yes ;;
-
-  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
-    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
-    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
-    cat << EOF
-Usage: configure [options] [host]
-Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
-Configuration:
-  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
-  --help                  print this message
-  --no-create             do not create output files
-  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
-  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
-Directory and file names:
-  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-                          [$ac_default_prefix]
-  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-                          [same as prefix]
-  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
-  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
-  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
-  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
-                          [PREFIX/share]
-  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
-  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
-                          [PREFIX/com]
-  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
-  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
-  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
-  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
-  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
-  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
-  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
-  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
-  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
-  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
-                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
-EOF
-    cat << EOF
-Host type:
-  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
-  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
-  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
-Features and packages:
-  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
-  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
-  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
-  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
-  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
-  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
-EOF
-    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
-      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
-    fi
-    exit 0 ;;
-
-  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
-    ac_prev=host ;;
-  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
-    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
-  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
-    ac_prev=includedir ;;
-  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
-  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
-    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
-    ac_prev=infodir ;;
-  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
-    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
-    ac_prev=libdir ;;
-  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
-    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
-  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
-    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
-  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
-    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
-  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
-  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
-    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
-  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
-  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
-    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
-    ac_prev=mandir ;;
-  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
-    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
-    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
-    with_fp=no ;;
-
-  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
-  | --no-cr | --no-c)
-    no_create=yes ;;
-
-  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
-  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
-    no_recursion=yes ;;
-
-  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
-  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
-  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
-    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
-  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
-  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
-    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
-    ac_prev=prefix ;;
-  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
-    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
-  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
-    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
-  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
-    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
-  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
-    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
-  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
-    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
-  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
-  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
-  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
-  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
-  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
-  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
-    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
-  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
-  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
-  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
-  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
-  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
-  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
-    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-    silent=yes ;;
-
-  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
-    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
-  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
-    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
-  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
-  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
-  | --sha | --sh)
-    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
-  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
-  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
-  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
-    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -site | --site | --sit)
-    ac_prev=site ;;
-  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
-    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
-    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
-    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
-  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
-    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
-  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
-    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
-    ac_prev=target ;;
-  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
-    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
-    verbose=yes ;;
-
-  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
-    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
-    exit 0 ;;
-
-  -with-* | --with-*)
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
-      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-    fi
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    case "$ac_option" in
-      *=*) ;;
-      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
-    esac
-    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-
-  -without-* | --without-*)
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
-      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-    fi
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
-
-  --x)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
-    with_x=yes ;;
-
-  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
-  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
-    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
-  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
-    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
-  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
-    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
-  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
-    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
-
-  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
-      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
-    fi
-    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
-      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-    fi
-    nonopt="$ac_option"
-    ;;
-
-  esac
-done
-
-if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-fi
-
-trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# File descriptor usage:
-# 0 standard input
-# 1 file creation
-# 2 errors and warnings
-# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
-# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
-# 6 checking for... messages and results
-# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
-if test "$silent" = yes; then
-  exec 6>/dev/null
-else
-  exec 6>&1
-fi
-exec 5>./config.log
-
-echo "\
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-" 1>&5
-
-# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
-# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
-ac_configure_args=
-for ac_arg
-do
-  case "$ac_arg" in
-  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
-  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
-  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
-  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
-  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
-  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
-  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
-# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
-# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
-# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
-if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
-if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
-if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
-if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
-
-# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
-rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
-# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
-echo > confdefs.h
-
-# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
-# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
-ac_unique_file=Makefile.in
-
-# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
-if test -z "$srcdir"; then
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
-  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
-  ac_prog=$0
-  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
-  srcdir=$ac_confdir
-  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
-    srcdir=..
-  fi
-else
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
-fi
-if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
-  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
-    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
-  else
-    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-  fi
-fi
-srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
-
-# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
-if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
-  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
-    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
-  else
-    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
-  fi
-fi
-for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
-  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
-    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
-    . "$ac_site_file"
-  fi
-done
-
-if test -r "$cache_file"; then
-  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
-  . $cache_file
-else
-  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
-  > $cache_file
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
-ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
-cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
-
-ac_exeext=
-ac_objext=o
-if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
-  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
-  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
-    ac_n= ac_c='
-' ac_t='	'
-  else
-    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
-  fi
-else
-  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
-fi
-
-
-
-
-
-ESD_LINK=
-echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:531: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
-# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
-if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
-  CPP=
-fi
-if test -z "$CPP"; then
-if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
-  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
-else
-    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
-  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
-  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp.
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 546 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-Syntax Error
-EOF
-ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:552: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
-if test -z "$ac_err"; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$ac_err" >&5
-  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
-  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 563 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-Syntax Error
-EOF
-ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:569: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
-if test -z "$ac_err"; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$ac_err" >&5
-  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
-  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 580 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-Syntax Error
-EOF
-ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:586: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
-if test -z "$ac_err"; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$ac_err" >&5
-  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
-  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  CPP=/lib/cpp
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
-fi
-  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
-fi
-echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
-
-ac_safe=`echo "esd.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
-echo $ac_n "checking for esd.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:612: checking for esd.h" >&5
-if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
-  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
-else
-  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 617 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-#include <esd.h>
-EOF
-ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
-{ (eval echo configure:622: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
-ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
-if test -z "$ac_err"; then
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
-else
-  echo "$ac_err" >&5
-  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
-  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-fi
-if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
-  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
-  
-  echo $ac_n "checking for esd_close in -lesd""... $ac_c" 1>&6
-echo "configure:640: checking for esd_close in -lesd" >&5
-ac_lib_var=`echo esd'_'esd_close | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
-if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
-  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
-else
-  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-LIBS="-lesd  $LIBS"
-cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-#line 648 "configure"
-#include "confdefs.h"
-/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
-/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
-    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
-char esd_close();
-
-int main() {
-esd_close()
-; return 0; }
-EOF
-if { (eval echo configure:659: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
-else
-  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
-  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
-
-fi
-if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
-  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
-  
-    ESD_LINK="-lesd"
-  
-else
-  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
-fi
-
-
-else
-  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
-fi
-
-
-if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
-  echo "ESound detected"
-fi
-
-
-PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
-WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
-WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-trap '' 1 2 15
-cat > confcache <<\EOF
-# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
-# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
-# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
-# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-#
-# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
-# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
-# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
-# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
-# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
-# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
-# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
-# --recheck option to rerun configure.
-#
-EOF
-# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
-# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
-# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
-# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
-(set) 2>&1 |
-  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
-  *ac_space=\ *)
-    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
-    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
-    sed -n \
-      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
-      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
-    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
-    ;;
-  esac >> confcache
-if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
-  :
-else
-  if test -w $cache_file; then
-    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
-    cat confcache > $cache_file
-  else
-    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
-  fi
-fi
-rm -f confcache
-
-trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
-# Let make expand exec_prefix.
-test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-
-# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
-# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
-# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
-if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
-  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
-fi
-
-trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
-# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
-# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
-cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
-s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
-s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
-s%\[%\\&%g
-s%\]%\\&%g
-s%\$%$$%g
-EOF
-DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
-rm -f conftest.defs
-
-
-# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
-: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
-
-echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
-rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
-cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
-#! /bin/sh
-# Generated automatically by configure.
-# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
-# This directory was configured as follows,
-# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
-#
-# $0 $ac_configure_args
-#
-# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
-# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
-
-ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
-for ac_option
-do
-  case "\$ac_option" in
-  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
-    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
-    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
-  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
-    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
-    exit 0 ;;
-  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
-    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
-  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
-
-trap 'rm -fr `echo "
-            Makefile
-            src/Makefile
-            src/ogl/Makefile
-            src/mmedia/Makefile
-            src/stc/Makefile
-            src/xml/Makefile
-            samples/Makefile
-            samples/mmedia/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
-            samples/stc/Makefile
-            utils/Makefile
-            utils/wxrc/Makefile
-            utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
-         " | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
-EOF
-cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
-
-# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
-sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
- s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
-$ac_vpsub
-$extrasub
-s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
-s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
-s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
-s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
-s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
-s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
-s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
-s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
-s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
-s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
-s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
-s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
-s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
-s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
-s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
-s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
-s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
-s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
-s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
-s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
-s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
-s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
-s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
-s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
-s%@PATH_IFS@%$PATH_IFS%g
-s%@ESD_LINK@%$ESD_LINK%g
-s%@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY@%$WX_TARGET_LIBRARY%g
-s%@WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE@%$WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE%g
-
-CEOF
-EOF
-
-cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
-
-# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
-# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
-ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
-ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
-ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
-ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
-ac_more_lines=:
-ac_sed_cmds=""
-while $ac_more_lines; do
-  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
-    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
-  else
-    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
-  fi
-  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
-    ac_more_lines=false
-    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
-  else
-    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
-      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
-    else
-      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
-    fi
-    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
-    ac_beg=$ac_end
-    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
-  fi
-done
-if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
-  ac_sed_cmds=cat
-fi
-EOF
-
-cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
-
-CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile
-            src/Makefile
-            src/ogl/Makefile
-            src/mmedia/Makefile
-            src/stc/Makefile
-            src/xml/Makefile
-            samples/Makefile
-            samples/mmedia/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
-            samples/stc/Makefile
-            utils/Makefile
-            utils/wxrc/Makefile
-            utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
-         "}
-EOF
-cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
-for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
-  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
-  case "$ac_file" in
-  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
-       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
-
-  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
-  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
-    # The file is in a subdirectory.
-    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
-    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-  else
-    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
-  fi
-
-  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-  .)  srcdir=.
-      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
-      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
-  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-  *) # Relative path.
-    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
-    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-  esac
-
-
-  echo creating "$ac_file"
-  rm -f "$ac_file"
-  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
-  case "$ac_file" in
-  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
-# $configure_input" ;;
-  *) ac_comsub= ;;
-  esac
-
-  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
-  sed -e "$ac_comsub
-s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
-s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
-s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
-" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
-fi; done
-rm -f conftest.s*
-
-EOF
-cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
-
-EOF
-cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
-
-exit 0
-EOF
-chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
-rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
-test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
-

contrib/configure.in

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_REVISION($Id$)dnl
-
-AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
-
-dnl ---------------
-dnl MMedia specific
-dnl ---------------
-
-dnl Check for ESD
-
-ESD_LINK=
-AC_CHECK_HEADER(esd.h, [
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(esd, esd_close, [
-    ESD_LINK="-lesd"
-  ])
-])
-
-if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
-  echo "ESound detected"
-fi
-
-dnl -----------
-dnl Final subst
-
-PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
-WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
-WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
-
-AC_SUBST(PATH_IFS)
-AC_SUBST(ESD_LINK)
-AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY)
-AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE)
-
-dnl -----------
-dnl File output
-
-
-AC_OUTPUT([
-            Makefile
-            src/Makefile
-            src/ogl/Makefile
-            src/mmedia/Makefile
-            src/stc/Makefile
-            src/xml/Makefile
-            samples/Makefile
-            samples/mmedia/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
-            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
-            samples/stc/Makefile
-            utils/Makefile
-            utils/wxrc/Makefile
-            utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
-         ])

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/bugs.tex

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-These are the known bugs.
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item No bugs
-\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudio.tex

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudio}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxObject
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct wxCDtime {
-  wxUint8 track
-};
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus
-\end{verbatim}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudlnx.tex

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdunix.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:10
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinux}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::wxCDAudioLinux}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxwxcdaudiolinux}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\void}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Play}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgetstatus}
-
-\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettime}
-
-\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettoc}
-
-\func{CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::OpenDevice}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxopendevice}
-
-\func{void}{OpenDevice}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudwin.tex

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:15
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowin}
-
-
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct CDAW\_Internal {
-  MCIDEVICEID dev\_id
-};
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::wxCDAudioWin}\label{wxcdaudiowinwxcdaudiowin}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\void}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowindtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Play}\label{wxcdaudiowinplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiowinpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiowinresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiowingetstatus}
-
-\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiowingettime}
-
-\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiowingettoc}
-
-\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiowinok}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::PrepareToc}\label{wxcdaudiowinpreparetoc}
-
-\func{void}{PrepareToc}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdtoc.tex

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{CDtoc}}\label{cdtoc}
-
-
-Table of contents manager
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::CDtoc}\label{cdtoccdtoc}
-
-\func{}{CDtoc}{\param{wxCDtime\& }{tot\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_pos}}
-
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackTime}\label{cdtocgettracktime}
-
-\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackTime}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
-
-Returns the length of the specified track
-track: track to get length
-
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackPos}\label{cdtocgettrackpos}
-
-\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackPos}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
-
-Returns the position of the specified track
-track: track to get position
-
-
-\membersection{CDtoc::GetTotalTime}\label{cdtocgettotaltime}
-
-\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTotalTime}{\void}
-
-Returns the total time
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::wxCDAudio}\label{wxcdaudiowxcdaudio}
-
-\func{}{wxCDAudio}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::\destruct{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudiodtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudio}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Play}\label{wxcdaudioplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_play}}
-
-Play audio at the specified position
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}}
-
-Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\param{wxUint8 }{beg\_track}, \param{wxUint8 }{end\_track = 0}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiopause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-Pause the audio playing
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Resume}\label{wxcdaudioresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-Resume a paused audio playing
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiogetstatus}
-
-\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
-
-Get the current CD status
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiogettime}
-
-\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
-
-Get the current playing time
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiogettoc}
-
-\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
-
-Returns the table of contents
-
-
-\membersection{wxCDAudio::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiook}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
-
-CD ok
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/changes.tex

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Change log}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/classes.tex

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Class reference}\label{classref}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-These are the main Mmedia classes.
-
-\input cdaudio.tex
-\input cdaudlnx.tex
-\input cdaudwin.tex
-\input cdtoc.tex
-\input sndbase.tex
-\input sndfile.tex
-\input sndfrmt.tex

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/intro.tex

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-The MMedia wxWindows extension is a wxWindows library which provides you
-a full set of multimedia classes including sound recording/playing,
-cd audio playing and video playing. The API is portable and can be used
-on any supported systems with the insurance the behaviour will be the
-same.
-
-\section{File structure}
-
-These are the files that comprise the mmedia library.
-
-\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
-\item[sndbase.h] Header for wxSoundStream base class and wxSoundFormat base class.
-\item[sndbase.cpp] Basic objects implementation.
-\item[sndfile.h] wxSoundFileStream base class header.
-\item[sndfile.cpp] wxSoundFileStream base class implementation.
-\item[sndpcm.h] wxSoundFormatPcm class header.
-\item[sndpcm.cpp] wxSoundFormatPcm class implementation.
-\item[sndcpcm.h] wxSoundCodecPcm class header (PCM converter).
-\item[sndcpcm.cpp] wxSoundCodecPcm class implementation (PCM converter).
-\item[sndulaw.h]
-\item[sndulaw.cpp]
-\item[sndg72x.h]
-\item[sndg72x.cpp]
-\item[sndoss.h]
-\item[sndoss.cpp]
-\item[sndesd.h]
-\item[sndesd.cpp]
-\item[sndwin.h]
-\item[sndwin.cpp]
-\item[cdbase.h]
-\item[cdbase.cpp]
-\item[cdunix.h]
-\item[cdunix.cpp]
-\item[cdwin.h]
-\item[cdwin.cpp]
-\item[vidbase.h]
-\item[vidbase.cpp]
-\item[vidxanm.h]
-\item[vidxanm.cpp]
-\item[vidwin.h]
-\item[vidwin.cpp]
-\end{description}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/mmedia.tex

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyheadings]{report}
-\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
-\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
-\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
-\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
-\input psbox.tex
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 11pt
-\title{MMedia for wxWindows}
-\author{Guilhem Lavaux}
-\date{March 2000}
-
-\makeindex
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\pagestyle{fancyplain}
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-\tableofcontents%
-
-\input{intro.tex}
-%
-\input{sample.tex}
-%
-\input{classes.tex}
-%
-\input{topics.tex}
-%
-\input{bugs.tex}
-%
-\input{changes.tex}
-
-%
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
-\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-\printindex
-\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/psbox.tex

@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
-%
-%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
-%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %   %   %
-%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %    % %
-%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%   %     %     %
-%              %               %       %     %  %     %    % %
-%              %               %       %     %  %     %   %   %
-%              %         %%%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
-%
-%              By Jean Orloff
-%              Comments & suggestions by e-mail: ORLOFF@surya11.cern.ch
-%              No modification of this file allowed if not e-sent to me.
-%
-% A simple way to measure the size of encapsulated postscript figures
-%   from inside TeX, and to use it for automatically formatting texts
-%   with inserted figures. Works both under Plain TeX-based macros
-%   (Phyzzx, Harvmac, Psizzl, ...) and LaTeX environment.
-% Provides exactly the same result on any PostScript printer provided
-%   the single instruction \psfor... is changed to fit the needs of the
-%   particular dvi->ps translator used.
-% History:
-%   1.31: adds \psforDVIALW(?)
-%   1.30: adds \splitfile & \joinfiles for multi-file management
-%   1.24: fix error handling & add \psonlyboxes
-%   1.23: adds \putsp@ce for OzTeX fix
-%   1.22: makes \drawingBox \global for use in Phyzzx
-%   1.21: accepts %%BoundingBox: (atend)
-%   1.20: tries to add \psfordvitps for the TeXPS package.
-%   1.10: adds \psforoztex, error handling...
-%2345678 1 2345678 2 2345678 3 2345678 4 2345678 5 2345678 6 2345678 7 23456789
-%
-\def\temp{1.31}
-\let\tempp=\relax
-\expandafter\ifx\csname psboxversion\endcsname\relax
-  \message{version: \temp}
-\else
-    \ifdim\temp cm>\psboxversion cm
-      \message{version: \temp}
-    \else
-      \message{psbox(\psboxversion) is already loaded: I won't load
-        psbox(\temp)!}
-      \let\temp=\psboxversion
-      \let\tempp=\endinput
-    \fi
-\fi
-\tempp
-\let\psboxversion=\temp
-\catcode`\@=11
-% Every macro likes a little privacy...
-%
-% Some common defs
-%
-\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
-\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
-\def\executeinspecs#1{%
-\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
-%
-%Trying to tame the variety of \special commands for Postscript: the
-%  universal internal command \PSspeci@l##1##2 takes ##1 to be the
-%  filename and ##2 to be the integer scale factor*1000 (as for usual
-%   TeX \scale commands)
-%
-\def\psfortextures{%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
-%-----------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\special{illustration ##1\space scaled ##2}%
-}}
-%
-\def\psfordvitops{%      For the DVItoPS converter on IBM mainframes
-%----------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\special{dvitops: import ##1\space \the\drawingwd \the\drawinght}%
-}}
-%
-\def\psfordvips{%      For DVIPS converter on VAX, UNIX and PC's
-%--------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-%    \special{/@scaleunit 1000 def}% never read dox without trying!
-\d@my=0.1bp \d@mx=\drawingwd \divide\d@mx by\d@my%
-\special{PSfile=##1\space llx=\psllx\space lly=\pslly\space%
-urx=\psurx\space ury=\psury\space rwi=\number\d@mx}%
-}}
-%
-\def\psforoztex{%        For the OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
-%--------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\special{##1 \space
-      ##2 1000 div dup scale
-      \putsp@ce{\number-\psllx} \putsp@ce{\number-\pslly} translate
-}%
-}}
-\def\putsp@ce#1{#1 }
-%
-\def\psfordvitps{%       From the UNIX TeXPS package, vers.>3.12
-%---------------
-% Convert a dimension into the number \psn@sp (in scaled points)
-\def\psdimt@n@sp##1{\d@mx=##1\relax\edef\psn@sp{\number\d@mx}}
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-% psfig.psr contains the def of "startTexFig": if you can locate it
-% and include the correct pathname, it should work
-\special{dvitps: Include0 "psfig.psr"}% contains def of "startTexFig"
-\psdimt@n@sp{\drawingwd}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\drawinght}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\psllx bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\pslly bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\psurx bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
-\psdimt@n@sp{\psury bp}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space startTexFig\space"}
-\special{dvitps: Include1 "##1"}
-\special{dvitps: Literal "endTexFig\space"}
-}}
-\def\psforDVIALW{%   Try for dvialw, a UNIX public domain
-%---------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{
-\special{language "PS"
-literal "##2 1000 div dup scale"
-include "##1"}}}
-\def\psonlyboxes{%     Draft-like behaviour if none of the others works
-%---------------
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
-  {\vss
-  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1)}}\hss}
-  }}}
-}%
-}
-%
-\def\psloc@lerr#1{%
-\let\savedPSspeci@l=\PSspeci@l%
-\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
-\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
-  {\vss
-  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1) #1}}\hss}
-  }}}
-\let\PSspeci@l=\savedPSspeci@l% restore normal output for other figs!
-}%
-}
-%
-%\def\psfor...  add your own!
-%
-%  \ReadPSize{PSfilename} reads the dimensions of a PostScript drawing
-%      and stores it in \drawinght(wd)
-\newread\pst@mpin
-\newdimen\drawinght\newdimen\drawingwd
-\newdimen\psxoffset\newdimen\psyoffset
-\newbox\drawingBox
-\newif\ifNotB@undingBox
-\newhelp\PShelp{Proceed: you'll have a 5cm square blank box instead of
-your graphics (Jean Orloff).}
-\def\@mpty{}
-\def\s@tsize#1 #2 #3 #4\@ndsize{
-  \def\psllx{#1}\def\pslly{#2}%
-  \def\psurx{#3}\def\psury{#4}%  needed by a crazyness of dvips!
-  \ifx\psurx\@mpty\NotB@undingBoxtrue% this is not a valid one!
-  \else
-    \drawinght=#4bp\advance\drawinght by-#2bp
-    \drawingwd=#3bp\advance\drawingwd by-#1bp
-%  !Units related by crazy factors as bp/pt=72.27/72 should be BANNED!
-  \fi
-  }
-\def\sc@nline#1:#2\@ndline{\edef\p@rameter{#1}\edef\v@lue{#2}}
-\def\g@bblefirstblank#1#2:{\ifx#1 \else#1\fi#2}
-\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
-\def\execute#1{#1}% Seems stupid, but cs are identified BEFORE execution
-{\catcode`\%=12
-\xdef\B@undingBox{%%BoundingBox}
-}   %% is not a true comment in PostScript, even if % is!
-\def\ReadPSize#1{
- \edef\PSfilename{#1}
- \openin\pst@mpin=#1\relax
- \ifeof\pst@mpin \errhelp=\PShelp
-   \errmessage{I haven't found your postscript file (\PSfilename)}
-   \psloc@lerr{was not found}
-   \s@tsize 0 0 142 142\@ndsize
-   \closein\pst@mpin
- \else
-   \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
-   \loop
-     \executeinspecs{\catcode`\ =10\global\read\pst@mpin to\n@xtline}
-     \ifeof\pst@mpin
-       \errhelp=\PShelp
-       \errmessage{(\PSfilename) is not an Encapsulated PostScript File:
-           I could not find any \B@undingBox: line.}
-       \edef\v@lue{0 0 142 142:}
-       \psloc@lerr{is not an EPSFile}
-       \NotB@undingBoxfalse
-     \else
-       \expandafter\sc@nline\n@xtline:\@ndline
-       \ifx\p@rameter\B@undingBox\NotB@undingBoxfalse
-         \edef\t@mp{%
-           \expandafter\g@bblefirstblank\v@lue\space\space\space}
-         \expandafter\s@tsize\t@mp\@ndsize
-       \else\NotB@undingBoxtrue
-       \fi
-     \fi
-   \ifNotB@undingBox\repeat
-   \closein\pst@mpin
- \fi
-\message{#1}
-}
-%
-% \psboxto(xdim;ydim){psfilename}: you specify the dimensions and
-%    TeX uniformly scales to fit the largest one. If xdim=0pt, the
-%    scale is fully determined by ydim and vice versa.
-%    Notice: psboxes are a real vboxes; couldn't take hbox otherwise all
-%    indentation and all cr's would be interpreted as spaces (hugh!).
-%
-\newcount\xscale \newcount\yscale \newdimen\pscm\pscm=1cm
-\newdimen\d@mx \newdimen\d@my
-\let\ps@nnotation=\relax
-\def\psboxto(#1;#2)#3{\vbox{
-   \ReadPSize{#3}
-   \divide\drawingwd by 1000
-   \divide\drawinght by 1000
-   \d@mx=#1
-   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\xscale=1000
-         \else \xscale=\d@mx \divide \xscale by \drawingwd\fi
-   \d@my=#2
-   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\yscale=1000
-         \else \yscale=\d@my \divide \yscale by \drawinght\fi
-   \ifnum\yscale=1000
-         \else\ifnum\xscale=1000\xscale=\yscale
-                    \else\ifnum\yscale<\xscale\xscale=\yscale\fi
-              \fi
-   \fi
-   \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
-   \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
-   \global\divide\pscm by 1000
-   \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
-   \multiply\drawingwd by\xscale \multiply\drawinght by\xscale
-   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\d@mx=\drawingwd\fi
-   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\d@my=\drawinght\fi
-   \message{scaled \the\xscale}
- \hbox to\d@mx{\hss\vbox to\d@my{\vss
-   \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
-      \kern-\psyoffset
-      \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
-      \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
-   \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
-   \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
-   \baselineskip=0pt
-   \copy\drawingBox
- \vss}\hss}
-  \global\psxoffset=0pt
-  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
-  \global\pscm=1cm
-  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
-  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
-}}
-%
-% \psboxscaled{scalefactor*1000}{PSfilename} allows to bypass the
-%   rounding errors of TeX integer divisions for situations where the
-%   TeX box should fit the original BoundingBox with a precision better
-%   than 1/1000.
-%
-\def\psboxscaled#1#2{\vbox{
-  \ReadPSize{#2}
-  \xscale=#1
-  \message{scaled \the\xscale}
-  \divide\drawingwd by 1000\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale
-  \divide\drawinght by 1000\multiply\drawinght by\xscale
-  \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
-  \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
-  \global\divide\pscm by 1000
-  \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
-  \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
-     \kern-\psyoffset
-     \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
-     \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
-  \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
-  \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
-  \baselineskip=0pt
-  \copy\drawingBox
-  \global\psxoffset=0pt
-  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
-  \global\pscm=1cm
-  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
-  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
-}}
-%
-%  \psbox{PSfilename} makes a TeX box having the minimal size to
-%      enclose the picture
-\def\psbox#1{\psboxscaled{1000}{#1}}
-%
-%
-%  \joinfiles file1, file2, ...n \into joinedfilename .
-%     makes one file out of many
-%  \splitfile joinedfilename
-%     the opposite
-%
-%\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
-%\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
-%\def\executeinspecs#1{%
-%\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
-%\newread\pst@mpin
-\newif\ifn@teof\n@teoftrue
-\newif\ifc@ntrolline
-\newif\ifmatch
-\newread\j@insplitin
-\newwrite\j@insplitout
-\newwrite\psbj@inaux
-\immediate\openout\psbj@inaux=psbjoin.aux
-\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\joinfiles}
-\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\jobname,}
-%
-% We redefine input to keep track of the various files inputted
-%
-\immediate\let\oldinput=\input
-\def\input#1 {
- \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
- \oldinput #1 }
-\def\empty{}
-\def\setmatchif#1\contains#2{
-  \def\match##1#2##2\endmatch{
-    \def\tmp{##2}
-    \ifx\empty\tmp
-      \matchfalse
-    \else
-      \matchtrue
-    \fi}
-  \match#1#2\endmatch}
-\def\warnopenout#1#2{
- \setmatchif{TrashMe,psbjoin.aux,psbjoin.all}\contains{#2}
- \ifmatch
- \else
-   \immediate\openin\pst@mpin=#2
-   \ifeof\pst@mpin
-     \else
-     \errhelp{If the content of this file is so precious to you, abort (ie
-press x or e) and rename it before retrying.}
-     \errmessage{I'm just about to replace your file named #2}
-   \fi
-   \immediate\closein\pst@mpin
- \fi
- \message{#2}
- \immediate\openout#1=#2}
-%  No comments allowed below: % will have an unusual catcode
-{
-\catcode`\%=12
-\gdef\splitfile#1 {
- \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
- \message{Splitting file #1 into:}
- \warnopenout\j@insplitout{TrashMe}
- \loop
-   \ifeof
-     \j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
-   \else
-     \n@teoftrue
-     \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\spl@tinline\expandafter
-       \ch@ckbeginnewfile\spl@tinline%Beginning-Of-File-Named:%\endcheck}
-     \ifc@ntrolline
-     \else
-       \toks0=\expandafter{\spl@tinline}
-       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
-     \fi
-   \fi
- \ifn@teof\repeat
- \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
-\gdef\ch@ckbeginnewfile#1%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#2%#3\endcheck{
- \def\t@mp{#1}
- \ifx\empty\t@mp
-   \def\t@mp{#3}
-   \ifx\empty\t@mp
-     \global\c@ntrollinefalse
-   \else
-     \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout
-     \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
-     \global\c@ntrollinetrue
-   \fi
- \else
-   \global\c@ntrollinefalse
- \fi}
-\gdef\joinfiles#1\into#2 {
- \message{Joining following files into}
- \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
- \message{:}
- {
- \edef\w@##1{\immediate\write\j@insplitout{##1}}
- \w@{% This text was produced with psbox's \string\joinfiles.}
- \w@{% To decompose and tex it:}
- \w@{%-save this with a filename CONTAINING ONLY LETTERS, and no extensions}
- \w@{% (say, JOINTFIL), in some uncrowded directory;}
- \w@{%-make sure you can \string\input\space psbox.tex (version>=1.3);}
- \w@{%-tex JOINTFIL using Plain, or LaTeX, or whatever is needed by}
- \w@{% the first part in the joining (after splitting JOINTFIL into}
- \w@{% it's constituents, TeX will try to process it as it stands).}
- \w@{\string\input\space psbox.tex}
- \w@{\string\splitfile{\string\jobname}}
- }
- \tre@tfilelist#1, \endtre@t
- \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
-\gdef\tre@tfilelist#1, #2\endtre@t{
- \def\t@mp{#1}
- \ifx\empty\t@mp
-   \else
-   \llj@in{#1}
-   \tre@tfilelist#2, \endtre@t
- \fi}
-\gdef\llj@in#1{
- \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
- \ifeof\j@insplitin
-   \errmessage{I couldn't find file #1.}
-   \else
-   \message{#1}
-   \toks0={%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#1}
-   \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
-   \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\oldj@ininline}
-   \loop
-     \ifeof\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
-       \else\n@teoftrue
-       \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\j@ininline}
-       \toks0=\expandafter{\oldj@ininline}
-       \let\oldj@ininline=\j@ininline
-       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
-     \fi
-   \ifn@teof
-   \repeat
-   \immediate\closein\j@insplitin
- \fi}
-}
-% To be put at the end of a file, for making an tar-like file containing
-%   everything it used.
-\def\autojoin{
- \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\into\space psbjoin.all}
- \immediate\closeout\psbj@inaux
- \input psbjoin.aux
-}
-%
-%  Annotations & Captions etc...
-%
-%
-% \centinsert{anybox} is just a centered \midinsert, but is included as
-%    people barely use the original inserts from TeX.
-%
-\def\centinsert#1{\midinsert\line{\hss#1\hss}\endinsert}
-\def\psannotate#1#2{\def\ps@nnotation{#2\global\let\ps@nnotation=\relax}#1}
-\def\pscaption#1#2{\vbox{
-   \setbox\drawingBox=#1
-   \copy\drawingBox
-   \vskip\baselineskip
-   \vbox{\hsize=\wd\drawingBox\setbox0=\hbox{#2}
-     \ifdim\wd0>\hsize
-       \noindent\unhbox0\tolerance=5000
-    \else\centerline{\box0}
-    \fi
-}}}
-% for compatibility with older versions
-\def\psfig#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
-\def\psfigurebox#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{\psbox{#1}}{#2}}{#3}}
-%
-% \at(#1;#2)#3 puts #3 at #1-higher and #2-right of the current
-%    position without moving it (to be used in annotations).
-\def\at(#1;#2)#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt
-  \rlap{\kern#1\vbox to0pt{\kern-#2\box0\vss}}}
-%
-% \gridfill(ht;wd) makes a 1cm*1cm grid of ht by wd whose lower-left
-%   corner is the current point
-\newdimen\gridht \newdimen\gridwd
-\def\gridfill(#1;#2){
-  \setbox0=\hbox to 1\pscm
-  {\vrule height1\pscm width.4pt\leaders\hrule\hfill}
-  \gridht=#1
-  \divide\gridht by \ht0
-  \multiply\gridht by \ht0
-  \gridwd=#2
-  \divide\gridwd by \wd0
-  \multiply\gridwd by \wd0
-  \advance \gridwd by \wd0
-  \vbox to \gridht{\leaders\hbox to\gridwd{\leaders\box0\hfill}\vfill}}
-%
-% Useful to measure where to put annotations
-\def\fillinggrid{\at(0cm;0cm){\vbox{
-  \gridfill(\drawinght;\drawingwd)}}}
-%
-% \textleftof\anybox: Sample text\endtext
-%   inserts "Sample text" on the left of \anybox ie \vbox, \psbox.
-%   \textrightof is the symmetric (not documented, too uggly)
-% Welcome any suggestion about clean wraparound macros from
-%   TeXhackers reading this
-%
-\def\textleftof#1:{
-  \setbox1=#1
-  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
-    \advance\hsize by -\wd1 \advance\hsize by -2em}
-\def\textrightof#1:{
-  \setbox0=#1
-  \setbox1=\vbox\bgroup
-    \advance\hsize by -\wd0 \advance\hsize by -2em}
-\def\endtext{
-  \egroup
-  \hbox to \hsize{\valign{\vfil##\vfil\cr%
-\box0\cr%
-\noalign{\hss}\box1\cr}}}
-%
-% \frameit{\thick}{\skip}{\anybox}
-%    draws with thickness \thick a box around \anybox, leaving \skip of
-%    blank around it. eg \frameit{0.5pt}{1pt}{\hbox{hello}}
-% \boxit{\anybox} is a shortcut.
-\def\frameit#1#2#3{\hbox{\vrule width#1\vbox{
-  \hrule height#1\vskip#2\hbox{\hskip#2\vbox{#3}\hskip#2}%
-        \vskip#2\hrule height#1}\vrule width#1}}
-\def\boxit#1{\frameit{0.4pt}{0pt}{#1}}
-%
-%
-\catcode`\@=12 % cs containing @ are unreachable
-%
-% CUSTOMIZE YOUR DEFAULT DRIVER:
-%    Uncomment the line corresponding to your TeX system:
-%\psfortextures%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
-%\psforoztex   %     For OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
-%\psfordvitops %     For the DVItoPS converter for TeX on IBM mainframes
- \psfordvips   %     For DVIPS converter on VAX and UNIX
-%\psfordvitps  %     For dvitps from TeXPS package under UNIX
-%\psforDVIALW  %     For DVIALW, UNIX public domain
-%\psonlyboxes  %     Blank Boxes (when all else fails).

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sample.tex

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{MMboard: a sample MMedia application}\label{mmboard}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-To be written.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndaiff.tex

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndaiff.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:29
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiff}
-
-AIFF codec
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::wxSoundAiff}\label{wxsoundaiffwxsoundaiff}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiffdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::CanRead}\label{wxsoundaiffcanread}
-
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundaiffgetcodecname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetoplay}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetorecord}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundaifffinishrecording}
-
-\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundaiffrepositionstream}
-
-\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetData}\label{wxsoundaiffgetdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PutData}\label{wxsoundaiffputdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndbase.tex

@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Name:        sndbase.tex
-%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
-%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
-%% Modified by:
-%% Created:     2000
-%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
-%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\section{\class{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstream}
-
-Base class for sound streams
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Include files}
-
-<wx/mmedia/sndbase.h>
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream errors
-%%
-
-\wxheading{wxSoundStream errors}
-
-\twocolwidtha{7cm}
-\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOERR}}{No error occured}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_IOERR}}{An input/output error occured, it may concern
-either a driver or a file}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVFRMT}}{The sound format passed to the function is
-invalid. Generally, it means that you passed out of range values to the codec
-stream or you don't pass the right sound format object to the right sound codec
-stream.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVDEV}}{Invalid device. Generally, it means that the
-sound stream didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid parameter
-or to the fact that sound is not supported on this computer.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOEXACT}}{No exact matching sound codec has been found for
-this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't manage to setup the sound
-card with the specified values.}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOCODEC}}{No matching codec has been found. Generally, it 
-may happen when you call wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().}
-\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_MEMERR}}{Not enough memory.}
-\end{twocollist}
-
-%%
-%% C callback
-%%
-
-\wxheading{C callback for wxSound event}
-
-When a sound event is generated, it may either call the internal sound event 
-processor (which can be inherited) or call a C function. Its definition is:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-  typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
-                                  void *cdata);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The {\bf stream} parameter represents the current wxSoundStream.
-
-The {\bf evt} parameter represents the sound event which is the cause of the calling. (See \helpref{wxSound events}{wxsoundstream}).
-
-The {\bf cdata} parameter represents the user callback data which were specified
-when the user called \helpref{wxSoundStream::Register}{wxsoundstreamregister}.
-
-{\it Note:} There are two other ways to catch sound events: you can inherit the
-sound stream and redefine \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}, or you can reroute the events to another sound stream using \helpref{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}.
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream streaming mode
-%%
-
-\wxheading{wxSound streaming mode}
-
-The wxSoundStream object can work in three different modes. These modes are specified
-at the call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}{wxsoundstreamstartproduction} 
-and cannot be changed until you call 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}.
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} mode is the recording mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} 
-events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Write().
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} mode is the playing mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} 
-events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Read().
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX} mode activates the full duplex mode. The full duplex requires
-you to make synchronous call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::Read}{wxsoundstreamread} and 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite}. This means that you must be
-careful with realtime problems. Each time you call Read you must call Write.
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream events
-%%
-
-\wxheading{wxSoundStream events}
-
-The sound events are generated when the sound driver (or the sound stream) completes
-a previous sound buffer. There are two possible sound events and two meanings.
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has a new input
-buffer ready to be read. You know that you can read a buffer of the size
-\helpref{GetBestSize()}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize} without blocking. 
-
-The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has completed a
-previous buffer. This buffer has been sent to the sound driver and it is ready to
-process a new buffer. Consequently, \helpref{Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite} will not
-block too.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-%% Ctor && Dtor
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream}\label{wxsoundstreamwxsoundstream}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStream}{\void}
-
-Default constructor.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::\destruct{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstreamdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStream}}{\void}
-
-Destructor. The destructor stops automatically all started production and destroys
-any temporary buffer.
-
-%%
-%% Read
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-Reads {\it len} bytes from the sound stream. This call may block the user so
-use it carefully when you need to intensively refresh the GUI. You may be
-interested by sound events: see \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}. 
-
-It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
-sound event system.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{len}{{\it len} is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
-and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
-See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
-
-\docparam{data}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
-stream. The format is specified with 
-\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
-
-%%
-%% Write
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-Writes \it{len} bytes to the sound stream. This call may block the user so
-use it carefully. You may be interested by sound events: see
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
-
-It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
-sound event system.
-
-\wxheading{Parameters}
-
-\docparam{len}{This is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
-and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
-See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
-
-\docparam{buffer}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
-stream. The format is specified with 
-\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
-
-%%
-%% GetBestSize
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-
-This function returns the best size for IO calls. The best size provides you
-a good alignment for data to be written (or read) to (or from) the sound stream.
-So, when, for example, a sound event is sent, you are sure the sound stream
-will not block for this buffer size.
-
-%%
-%% wxSoundStream:SetSoundFormat
-%%
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-SetSoundFormat is one of the key function of the wxSoundStream object.
-It specifies the sound format the user needs. SetSoundFormat tries to
-apply the format to the current sound stream (it can be a sound file or a
-sound driver). Then, either it manages to apply it and it returns {\bf TRUE},
-or it could not and it returns {\bf FALSE}. In this case, you must check
-the error with 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream::GetError}{wxsoundstreamgeterror}. See 
-\helpref{wxSoundStream errors section}{wxsoundstream} for more details.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-The {\bf format} object can be destroyed after the call. The object does not need it.
-
-\wxheading{Note}
-
-If the error is {\bf wxSOUND\_NOTEXACT}, the stream tries to find the best
-approaching format and setups it. You can check the format which it applied
-with \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.
-
-%%
-%% GetSoundFormat
-%%
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase\&}{GetSoundFormat}{\void}
-
-It returns a reference to the current sound format of the stream represented by a
-wxSoundFormatBase object. This object {\it must not} be destroyed by anyone except
-the stream itself.
-
-%%
-%% SetCallback
-%%
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetCallback}\label{wxsoundstreamregister}
-
-\func{void}{Register}{\param{int }{evt}, \param{wxSoundCallback }{cbk}, \param{void* }{cdata}}
-
-It installs a C callback for wxSoundStream events. The C callbacks are still
-useful to avoid hard inheritance. You can install only one callback per event.
-Each callback has its callback data.
-
-%%
-%% StartProduction
-%%
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-StartProduction starts the sound streaming. {\it evt} may be one of 
-{\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}, {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} or {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX}.
-You cannot specify several flags at the same time. Starting the production
-may automaticaly in position of buffer underrun (only in the case you activated
-recording). Actually this may happen the sound IO queue is too short.
-It is also advised that you fill quickly enough the sound IO queue when the
-driver requests it (through a wxSoundEvent).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-I stops the async notifier and the sound streaming straightly.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}\label{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}
-
-\func{void}{SetEventHandler}{\param{wxSoundStream* }{handler}}
-
-Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetError}\label{wxsoundstreamgeterror}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundError}{GetError}{\void}
-
-It returns the last error which occured.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetLastAccess}\label{wxsoundstreamgetlastaccess}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetLastAccess}{\void}
-
-It returns the number of bytes which were effectively written to/read from the sound stream.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-
-It returns whether the sound IO queue is full. When it is full, the next IO call will block
-until the IO queue has at least one empty entry.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}\label{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}
-
-\func{void}{OnSoundEvent}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-It is called by the wxSoundStream when a new sound event occured.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndcodec.tex

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcodec.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:29
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::wxSoundStreamCodec}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecwxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamCodec}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{snd\_io}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndesd.tex

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndesd.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:56
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesd}
-
-ESD output class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::wxSoundStreamESD}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwxsoundstreamesd}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamESD}{\param{const wxString\& }{hostname = "localhost"}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesddtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamesdread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamesdsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwakeupevt}
-
-\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-You should not call this.
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamesdqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfg72x.tex

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72x}
-
-
-G72X format
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND\_G721,
-  wxSOUND\_G723\_24,
-  wxSOUND\_G723\_40
-} wxSoundG72XType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct g72x\_state g72state
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-This fixes a bug in Mingw95
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::wxSoundFormatG72X}\label{wxsoundformatg72xwxsoundformatg72x}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatG72X}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72xdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetg72xtype}
-
-\func{void}{SetG72XType}{\param{wxSoundG72XType }{type}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetg72xtype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundG72XType}{GetG72XType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetsamplerate}
-
-\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatg72xclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatg72xoperatorneq}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfile.tex

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% Name:        sndfile.tex
-%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
-%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
-%% Modified by:
-%% Created:     2000
-%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
-%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\section{\class{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestream}
-
-Base class for file coders/decoders. This class is not constructor (it is an abstract
-class).
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Include file}
-
-wx/sndfile.h
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::wxSoundFileStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwxsoundfilestream}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-It constructs a new file decoder object which will send 
-audio data to the specified sound stream. 
-The {\it stream} is the input stream to be decoded. The
-{\it io\_sound} is the destination sound stream.
-Once it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
-the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
-
-You will have access to the playback functions.
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-It constructs a new file coder object which will get
-data to be recorded from the specified sound stream.
-The {\it stream} is the output wxStream. The {\it io\_sound}
-is the source sound stream of the audio data. Once
-it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
-the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestreamdtor}
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}{\void}
-
-It destroys the current sound file codec.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Play}\label{wxsoundfilestreamplay}
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-It starts playing the file. The playing begins, in background
-in nearly all cases, after the return of the function. The
-codec returns to a {\bf stopped} state when it reaches the
-end of the file.
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Record}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrecord}
-\func{bool}{Record}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-It starts recording data from the sound stream and writing them
-to the output stream. You have to precise the recording length in
-parameter. This length is expressed in seconds. If you want to
-control the record length (using \helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop}),
-you can set it to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
-
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Stop}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstop}
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-It stops either recording or playing. Whatever happens (even unexpected
-errors), the stream is stopped when the function returns. When you are
-in recording mode, the file headers are updated and flushed if possible
-(ie: if the output stream is seekable).
-
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Pause}\label{wxsoundfilestreampause}
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-The file codec tries to pause the stream: it means that it stops audio
-production but keep the file pointer at the place.
-
-If the file codec is already paused, it returns FALSE.
-
-On success, it returns TREE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Resume}\label{wxsoundfilestreamresume}
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-When the file codec has been paused using
-\helpref{Pause}{wxsoundfilestreampause}, you could be interrested in
-resuming it. This is the goal of this function.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsStopped}\label{wxsoundfilestreamisstopped}
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-
-It returns TRUE when the stream is stopped, in another case it returns
-FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsPaused}\label{wxsoundfilestreamispaused}
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-It returns TRUE when the stream is paused, in another case it returns
-FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstartproduction}
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-It is really not advised you call this function. From the wxSoundFileStream
-point of view it is an internal function. Internally, it is called after
-the file stream has been prepared to be played or to receive audio data and 
-when it wants to start processing audio data.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-As for \helpref{StartProduction}{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}, it is not
-advised for you to call this function. It is called by
-\helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop} when it needs to stop the audio data
-processing.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetLength}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetlength}
-\func{wxUint32}{GetLength}{\void}
-
-It returns the audio data length of the file stream. This length is expressed
-in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
-\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
-\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetposition}
-\func{wxUint32}{GetPosition}{\void}
-
-It returns the current position in the soundfile stream. The position
-is expressed in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
-\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
-\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetposition}
-\func{wxUint32}{SetPosition}{\param{wxUint32 }{new\_position}}
-
-It sets the current in the soundfile stream. The position
- {\it new\_position} must be expressed in bytes. You can get
-a length/position in bytes from a time value using
-\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and 
-\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
-
-On success, it returns TRUE.
-
-\wxheading{Warning}
-
-Some wxStream may not be capable to support this function as
-it may not support the seekable functionnality. If this happens,
-it returns FALSE and leave the stream at the same position.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Read}\label{wxsoundfilestreamread}
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-You can obtain the audio data encoded in the file using this function.
-But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
-may corrupt the current state of the stream.
-Data are returned using in the original file coding (You must use a sound
-format object to decode it).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Write}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwrite}
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-You can put encoded audio data to the file using this function.
-But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
-may corrupt the current state of the stream.
-Data must be coded with the specified file coding (You must use a sound
-format object to do this).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetsoundformat}
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetcodecname}
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
-
-This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who
-want to build a player (But also in some other case).
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::CanRead}\label{wxsoundfilestreamcanread}
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
-
-You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
-the stream you passed to it.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetoplay}
-\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
-
-It is called by wxSoundFileStream to prepare the specific file loader
-to prepare itself to play the file. Actually, this includes reading
-headers and setting the various parameters of the sound format.
-This should not be called by an external user but it should be
-implemented when you inherit wxSoundFileStream to build a new codec.
-
-It must return when the file is identified and the parameters have
-been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetorecord}
-\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishrecording}
-\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
-\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
-
-This is called by wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition to seek the input stream
-to the right position. This must be overidden by the file codec class.
-The position is relative to the beginning of the samples.
-If it is impossible (as for a piped input stream), you must return FALSE.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
-\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-This is an internal function but it must called by the file codec class when
-the "playing" preparation is finished and you know the size of the stream.
-If it is an {\it infinite} stream, you should set this to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
-\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to get new sound data to
-send to the device driver (or to a conversion codec). This must be eventually
-overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to read from
-the input stream.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
-\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to put new sound data received
-from the device driver (or from a conversion codec). This must be eventually
-overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to write to
-the input stream.

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfpcm.tex

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:33
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcm}
-
-
-PCM specification class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::wxSoundFormatPcm}\label{wxsoundformatpcmwxsoundformatpcm}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatPcm}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate = 22500}, \param{wxUint8 }{bps = 8}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels = 2}, \param{bool }{sign = TRUE}, \param{int }{order = wxLITTLE\_ENDIAN}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcmdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetsamplerate}
-
-\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetbps}
-
-\func{void}{SetBPS}{\param{wxUint8 }{bps}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetchannels}
-
-\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint16 }{nchannels}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetorder}
-
-\func{void}{SetOrder}{\param{int }{order}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsigned}
-
-\func{void}{Signed}{\param{bool }{sign}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint16}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetorder}
-
-\constfunc{int}{GetOrder}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsigned}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{Signed}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatpcmclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::operator!}\label{wxsoundformatpcmoperatornot}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfrmt.tex

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:23:29
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-
-Base class for sound format specification
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-No base class
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND\_NOFORMAT,
-  wxSOUND\_PCM,
-  wxSOUND\_ULAW,
-  wxSOUND\_G72X,
-  wxSOUND\_MSADPCM
-} wxSoundFormatType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
-which will be passed to the stream.
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::wxSoundFormatBase}\label{wxsoundformatbasewxsoundformatbase}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatBase}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbasedtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-It returns a "standard" format type.
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatbaseclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-It clones the current format.
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatbasegetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatbaseoperatorneq}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfulaw.tex

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulaw}
-
-
-ULAW format
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::wxSoundFormatUlaw}\label{wxsoundformatulawwxsoundformatulaw}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundFormatUlaw}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulawdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetsamplerate}
-
-\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetchannels}
-
-\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint8 }{channels}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettype}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatulawclone}
-
-\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettimefrombytes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetbytesfromtime}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatulawoperatorneq}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndg72x.tex

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72x}
-
-
-ULAW converter class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::wxSoundStreamG72X}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwxsoundstreamg72x}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamG72X}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::PutBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xputbits}
-
-\func{void}{PutBits}{\param{wxUint8 }{bits}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::GetBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xgetbits}
-
-\func{wxUint8}{GetBits}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndoss.tex

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndoss.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:53
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamoss}
-
-
-OSS output class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::wxSoundStreamOSS}\label{wxsoundstreamosswxsoundstreamoss}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamOSS}{\param{const wxString\& }{dev\_name = \_T("/dev/dsp")}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamossdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamossread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamosswrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamossgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamosssetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamossqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamosswakeupevt}
-
-\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-You should not call this.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndpcm.tex

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:35
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcm}
-
-
-PCM converter class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef void (*ConverterType)(const char *buf\_in, char *buf\_out, wxUint32 len) ConverterType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::wxSoundStreamPcm}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwxsoundstreampcm}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamPcm}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcmdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Read}\label{wxsoundstreampcmread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Write}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreampcmsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndrter.tex

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndfile.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:42
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
-
-This is the router "codec" class. It should do codec routing when the device
-driver does not deal with a format.
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
-\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundCodec}{wxsoundcodec}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
-
-Destructor.
-
-\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-SetSoundFormat will first try to setup the device driver with the specified
-format. If this fails, it will try to find a codec which will convert the
-input format to a valid format for the device driver. It uses an internal
-codec database.

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndulaw.tex

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulaw}
-
-
-ULAW converter class
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::wxSoundStreamUlaw}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwxsoundstreamulaw}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamUlaw}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulawdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamulawread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamulawsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamulawgetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwave.tex

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwav.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:40
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwave}
-
-
-WAVE codec
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::wxSoundWave}\label{wxsoundwavewxsoundwave}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::\destruct{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwavedtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundWave}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::CanRead}\label{wxsoundwavecanread}
-
-\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundwavegetcodecname}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetoplay}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetorecord}
-
-\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundwavefinishrecording}
-
-\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundwaverepositionstream}
-
-\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetData}\label{wxsoundwavegetdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::PutData}\label{wxsoundwaveputdata}
-
-\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputpcm}
-
-\func{bool}{HandleOutputPCM}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputg721}
-
-\func{bool}{HandleOutputG721}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputpcm}
-
-\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputPCM}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputG72X}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputg72x}
-
-\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputG72X}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwin.tex

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:51
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwin}
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct \_wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct \_wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader
-\end{verbatim}}
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwxsoundstreamwin}
-
-\func{}{wxSoundStreamWin}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwindtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwrite}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamwinread}
-
-\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamwinsetsoundformat}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{wxSoundFormatBase\& }{base}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstartproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstopproduction}
-
-\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamwinqueuefilled}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NotifyDoneBuffer}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnotifydonebuffer}
-
-\func{void}{NotifyDoneBuffer}{\param{wxUint32 }{dev\_handle}, \param{int }{flag}}
-
-Internal but defined as public
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamwingetbestsize}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CreateSndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwincreatesndwindow}
-
-\func{void}{CreateSndWindow}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::DestroySndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwindestroysndwindow}
-
-\func{void}{DestroySndWindow}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::OpenDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinopendevice}
-
-\func{bool}{OpenDevice}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CloseDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclosedevice}
-
-\func{void}{CloseDevice}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheader}
-
-\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{AllocHeader}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheader}
-
-\func{void}{FreeHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{header}, \param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheaders}
-
-\func{bool}{AllocHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheaders}
-
-\func{void}{FreeHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::WaitFor}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwaitfor}
-
-\func{void}{WaitFor}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AddToQueue}\label{wxsoundstreamwinaddtoqueue}
-
-\func{bool}{AddToQueue}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::ClearHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclearheader}
-
-\func{void}{ClearHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentOutput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentoutput}
-
-\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentInput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentinput}
-
-\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentInput}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-runTwice = yes
-titleFontSize = 12
-authorFontSize = 10
-chapterFontSize = 12
-sectionFontSize = 12
-subsectionFontSize = 12
-headerRule = yes
-footerRule = yes
-useHeadingStyles = yes
-listItemIndent=40
-generateHPJ = yes
-htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
-winHelpVersion = 3
-winHelpContents = yes
-winHelpTitle = "MMedia Manual"
-truncateFilenames = yes
-combineSubSections = yes
-\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
-\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
-\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
-\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
-\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
-\const [0] {{\bf const}}
-\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-;;
-;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
-;;
-htmlWorkshopFiles = true
-htmlIndex = true
-\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
-%\pythonnote [1] {}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/texhelp.sty

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-% LaTeX style file
-% Name:   texhelp.sty
-% Author: Julian Smart
-%
-% Purpose
-% -------
-% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
-% hypertext manuals.
-% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
-%
-% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
-% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
-% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
-% in all other formats.
-%
-% Julian Smart
-% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
-%
-%
-% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
-%
-% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
-%
-% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
-%
-% followed by a description of the class.
-% Each member should follow:
-%
-% \membersection{wxName::Member}
-%
-% with a description of what this member does.
-% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
-%
-% \func{return type}{name}{args}
-% or
-% \member{type}{name}
-%
-% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
-
-% Function, e.g.
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% void DoIt(char *string);
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
-%
-
-\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
-
-\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
-
-% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
-\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
-
-% CLIPS function
-\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
-
-\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
-
-% This is used for a CLIPS function name
-\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
-
-% Member: a type and a name
-\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
-
-% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
-\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
-
-% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
-\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
-
-% Class: puts in index
-\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
-
-%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
-
-% Void type
-\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
-
-% Typeset destructor
-\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
-
-% Typeset insert/extract operators
-\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
-\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
-
-
-% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
-%
-% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
-% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
-% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
-%
-
-% Type text with section reference
-\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
-
-% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
-\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
-
-% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
-\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like footnote, but popup text.
-\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
-
-% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
-%
-
-% Global document font size/family, help only.
-\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
-% Only print in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
-
-% Ignore in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
-
-% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
-% in help systems!)
-\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
-
-\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
-
-% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
-%
-% Headings consistent with generated ones
-\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
-\begin{flushleft}
-{\LARGE \bf #1}
-\end{flushleft}
-\vskip 20pt
-}
-
-% Heading with entry in contents page.
-\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
-
-\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-
-% Glossary environment
-\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
-
-% Glossary entry
-\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
-
-% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
-\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, left aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, right aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
-% acts like \image.
-\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Headers and footers
-% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
-\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
-\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
-\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
-}
-
-% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
-\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
-\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
-\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
-}
-
-% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
-% in mirrored margins mode.
-\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-
-% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
-\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
-
-\twocolwidtha{3cm}
-\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
-\twocolspacing{2}
-
-\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
-\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
-
-\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
-{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
-
-% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
-\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
-
-% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
-\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
-
-% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
-\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
-{\end{list}}
-
-% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
-\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
-% Double-framed box of text.
-\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
-
-% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
-% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
-% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
-
-% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
-% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
-\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
-
-% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
-% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
-% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
-% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
-\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
-\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
-\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
-#2%
-\end{list}}
-\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
-\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
-\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
-\sloppy
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/topics.tex

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Topic overviews}\label{overviews}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-The following sections describe particular topics.
-
-\section{MMedia extension overview}\label{mmedoverview}
-
-To be written.
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidbase.tex

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:51:56
-%
-
-\section{\class{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriver}
-
-Classes definition
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-wxObject
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef enum {
-  wxVIDEO\_MSAVI,
-  wxVIDEO\_MPEG,
-  wxVIDEO\_QT,
-  wxVIDEO\_GIF,
-  wxVIDEO\_JMOV,
-  wxVIDEO\_FLI,
-  wxVIDEO\_IFF,
-  wxVIDEO\_SGI,
-  wxVIDEO\_MPEG2
-} wxVideoType
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-wxMMedia2 (video) types
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\void}
-
-Ctors
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriverdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}{\void}
-
-Dtor
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Play}\label{wxvideobasedriverplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Stop}\label{wxvideobasedriverstop}
-
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Pause}\label{wxvideobasedriverpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Resume}\label{wxvideobasedriverresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::SetSize}\label{wxvideobasedriversetsize}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
-
-Size management
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSize}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsize}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsCapable}\label{wxvideobasedriveriscapable}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{WXUNUSED(v\_type)}}
-
-Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetmoviecodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the video codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetaudiocodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the audio codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-Return misc info about audio
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetChannels}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetBPS}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetframerate}
-
-\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
-
-Return frame rate
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetnbframes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
-
-Return number of frames
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::OnFinished}\label{wxvideobasedriveronfinished}
-
-\func{void}{OnFinished}{\void}
-
-Called when the movie finished
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverattachoutput}
-
-\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
-
-Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverdetachoutput}
-
-\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsPaused}\label{wxvideobasedriverispaused}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-They return the state of the movie.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsStopped}\label{wxvideobasedriverisstopped}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidwin.tex

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:03
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindows}
-
-
-
-Class definition
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct VIDW\_Internal {
-    MCIDEVICEID m\_dev\_id
-};
-\end{verbatim}}
-
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::OpenFile}\label{wxvideowindowsopenfile}
-
-\func{void}{OpenFile}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{const wxString\& }{fname}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindowsdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Play}\label{wxvideowindowsplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Stop}\label{wxvideowindowsstop}
-
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Pause}\label{wxvideowindowspause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Resume}\label{wxvideowindowsresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSize}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsize}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::SetSize}\label{wxvideowindowssetsize}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetmoviecodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
-
-Return codec name for each stream.
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetaudiocodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-Return misc. info about audio
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetChannels}\label{wxvideowindowsgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetBPS}\label{wxvideowindowsgetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetframerate}
-
-\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
-
-Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideowindowsgetnbframes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
-
-Return the total number of frames in the movie
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsCapable}\label{wxvideowindowsiscapable}
-
-\func{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsattachoutput}
-
-\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsdetachoutput}
-
-\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsPaused}\label{wxvideowindowsispaused}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsStopped}\label{wxvideowindowsisstopped}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidxanm.tex

@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-%
-% automatically generated by HelpGen from
-% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidxanm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:06
-%
-
-
-\section{\class{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanim}
-
-
-
-Class definition
-
-\wxheading{Derived from}
-
-\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
-
-\wxheading{Data structures}
-
-{\small \begin{verbatim}
-typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
-    Display *xanim\_dpy
-\end{verbatim}}
-\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
-
-\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanimdtor}
-
-\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Play}\label{wxvideoxanimplay}
-
-\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Pause}\label{wxvideoxanimpause}
-
-\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Resume}\label{wxvideoxanimresume}
-
-\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Stop}\label{wxvideoxanimstop}
-
-\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetVolume}\label{wxvideoxanimsetvolume}
-
-\func{bool}{SetVolume}{\param{wxUint8 }{vol}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimsetsize}
-
-\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsize}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetmoviecodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the video codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetaudiocodec}
-
-\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
-
-Return the audio codec name
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsamplerate}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
-
-Return misc info about audio
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetChannels}\label{wxvideoxanimgetchannels}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetBPS}\label{wxvideoxanimgetbps}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetframerate}
-
-\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
-
-Return frame rate
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideoxanimgetnbframes}
-
-\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
-
-Return number of frames in the movie
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsCapable}\label{wxvideoxanimiscapable}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimattachoutput}
-
-\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimdetachoutput}
-
-\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsPaused}\label{wxvideoxanimispaused}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsStopped}\label{wxvideoxanimisstopped}
-
-\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimrestartxanim}
-
-\func{bool}{RestartXANIM}{\void}
-
-Start the subprocess with the right parameters
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SendCommand}\label{wxvideoxanimsendcommand}
-
-\func{bool}{SendCommand}{\param{const char* }{command}, \param{char** }{ret = NULL}, \param{wxUint32* }{size = NULL}}
-
-Send a command to the subprocess
-
-
-\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::CollectInfo}\label{wxvideoxanimcollectinfo}
-
-\func{bool}{CollectInfo}{\void}
-
-Collect informations from XAnim
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/bugs.tex

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-These are the known bugs.
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item In the OGLEdit sample, .dia files are output double-spaced
-due to an unidentified bug in the way a stream is converted to a file.
-\end{itemize}
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/changes.tex

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Change log}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-Version 3.0, September 8th 1998
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item Version for wxWindows 2.0.
-\item Various enhancements especially to wxDrawnShape
-(multiple metafiles, for different orientations).
-\item More ability to override functions e.g. OnSizeDragLeft, so events can be
-intercepted for Do/Undo.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Version 2.0, June 1st 1996
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item First publicly released version.
-\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/intro.tex

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-Object Graphics Library (\ogl) is a C++ library supporting the creation and
-manipulation of simple and complex graphic images on a canvas.
-
-It can be found in the directory {\tt utils/ogl/src} in the
-wxWindows distribution. The file {\tt ogl.h} must be included to make use
-of the library.
-
-Please see \helpref{OGL overview}{ogloverview} for a general description how the object library works. For details,
-please see the \helpref{class reference}{classref}.
-
-\section{File structure}
-
-These are the files that comprise the \ogl\ library.
-
-\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
-\item[basic.h] Header for basic objects such as wxShape and wxRectangleShape.
-\item[basic.cpp] Basic objects implementation (1).
-\item[basic2.cpp] Basic objects implementation (2).
-\item[bmpshape.h] wxBitmapShape class header.
-\item[bmpshape.cpp] wxBitmapShape implementation.
-\item[canvas.h] wxShapeCanvas class header.
-\item[canvas.cpp] wxShapeCanvas class implementation.
-\item[composit.h] Composite object class header.
-\item[composit.cpp] Composite object class implementation.
-\item[constrnt.h] Constraint classes header.
-\item[constrnt.cpp] Constraint classes implementation.
-\item[divided.h] Divided object class header.
-\item[divided.cpp] Divided object class implementation.
-\item[drawn.h] Drawn (metafile) object class header.
-\item[drawn.cpp] Drawn (metafile) object class implementation.
-\item[graphics.h] Main include file.
-\item[lines.h] wxLineShape class header.
-\item[lines.cpp] wxLineShape class implementation.
-\item[misc.h] Miscellaneous graphics functions header.
-\item[misc.cpp] Miscellaneous graphics functions implementation.
-\item[ogldiag.h] wxDiagram class header.
-\item[ogldiag.cpp] wxDiagram implementation.
-\item[mfutils.h] Metafile utilities header.
-\item[mfutils.cpp] Metafile utilities implementation.
-\end{description}
-
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.hpj

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-[OPTIONS]
-BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\contrib\docs\latex\ogl ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
-TITLE=OGL Manual
-CONTENTS=Contents
-COMPRESS=HIGH
-
-[FILES]
-ogl.rtf
-
-[CONFIG]
-CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`ogl.hlp', `Contents')")
-BrowseButtons()
-
-[MAP]
-
-[BITMAPS]
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.tex

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
-\newcommand{\ogl}[0]{{OGL}}%
-\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
-\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
-\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
-\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
-\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
-\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
-\input psbox.tex
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 11pt
-\title{Object Graphics Library 3.0}
-\author{Julian Smart}
-\date{September 1998}
-
-\makeindex
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\pagestyle{fancyplain}
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-\tableofcontents%
-
-\input{intro.tex}
-%
-\input{sample.tex}
-%
-\input{classes.tex}
-%
-\input{topics.tex}
-%
-\input{bugs.tex}
-%
-\input{changes.tex}
-
-%
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
-\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
-\printindex
-\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/sample.tex

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{OGLEdit: a sample OGL application}\label{ogledit}%
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-OGLEdit is a sample OGL application that allows the user to draw, edit,
-save and load a few shapes. It should clarify aspects of OGL usage, and
-can act as a template for similar applications. OGLEdit can be found in\rtfsp
-{\tt samples/ogledit} in the OGL distribution.
-
-$$\image{10cm;0cm}{ogledit.eps}$$\par
-
-The wxWindows document/view model has been used in OGL, to reduce the amount of
-housekeeping logic required to get it up and running. OGLEdit also provides
-a demonstration of the Undo/Redo capability supported by the document/view classes,
-and how a typical application might implement this feature.
-
-\section{OGLEdit files}
-
-OGLEdit comprises the following source files.
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item doc.h, doc.cpp: MyDiagram, DiagramDocument, DiagramCommand, MyEvtHandler
-classes related to diagram functionality and documents.
-\item view.h, view.cpp: MyCanvas, DiagramView classes related to visualisation of
-the diagram.
-\item ogledit.h, ogledit.cpp: MyFrame, MyApp classes related to the overall application.
-\item palette.h, palette.cpp: EditorToolPalette implementing the shape palette.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\section{How OGLEdit works}
-
-OGLEdit defines a DiagramDocument class, each of instance of which holds a MyDiagram
-member which itself contains the shapes.
-
-In order to implement specific mouse behaviour for shapes, a class MyEvtHandler is
-defined which is `plugged into' each shape when it is created, instead of overriding each shape class
-individually. This event handler class also holds a label string.
-
-The DiagramCommand class is the key to implementing Undo/Redo. Each instance of DiagramCommand
-stores enough information about an operation (create, delete, change colour etc.) to allow
-it to carry out (or undo) its command. In DiagramView::OnMenuCommand, when the user initiates the
-command, a new DiagramCommand instance is created which is then sent to the document's
-command processor (see wxWindows manual for more information about doc/view and command
-processing).
-
-Apart from menu commands, another way commands are initiated is by the user left-clicking on
-the canvas or right-dragging on a node. MyCanvas::OnLeftClick in view.cpp shows how
-the appropriate wxClassInfo is passed to a DiagramCommand, to allow DiagramCommand::Do
-to create a new shape given the wxClassInfo.
-
-The MyEvtHandler right-drag methods in doc.cpp implement drawing a line between
-two shapes, detecting where the right mouse button was released and looking for a second
-shape. Again, a new DiagramCommand instance is created and passed to the command
-processor to carry out the command.
-
-DiagramCommand::Do and DiagramCommand::Undo embody much of the
-interesting interaction with the OGL library. A complication of note
-when implementing undo is the problem of deleting a node shape which has
-one or more arcs attached to it. If you delete the node, the arc(s)
-should be deleted too. But multiple arc deletion represents more information
-that can be incorporated in the existing DiagramCommand scheme. OGLEdit
-copes with this by treating each arc deletion as a separate command, and
-sending Cut commands recursively, providing an undo path. Undoing such a
-Cut will only undo one command at a time - not a one to one
-correspondence with the original command - but it's a reasonable
-compromise and preserves Do/Undo whilst keeping our DiagramCommand class
-simple.
-
-\section{Possible enhancements}
-
-OGLEdit is very simplistic and does not employ the more advanced features
-of OGL, such as:
-
-\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
-\item attachment points (arcs are drawn to particular points on a shape)
-\item metafile and bitmaps shapes
-\item divided rectangles
-\item composite shapes, and constraints
-\item creating labels in shape regions
-\item arc labels (OGL has support for three movable labels per arc)
-\item spline and multiple-segment line arcs
-\item adding annotations to node and arc shapes
-\item line-straightening (supported by OGL) and alignment (not supported directly by OGL)
-\end{itemize}
-
-These could be added to OGLEdit, at the risk of making it a less
-useful example for beginners.

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-;    Last change:  JS    8 Sep 98    2:54 pm
-runTwice = yes
-titleFontSize = 12
-authorFontSize = 10
-chapterFontSize = 12
-sectionFontSize = 12
-subsectionFontSize = 12
-headerRule = yes
-footerRule = yes
-useHeadingStyles = yes
-listItemIndent=40
-generateHPJ = no
-htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
-winHelpVersion = 3
-winHelpContents = yes
-winHelpTitle = "OGL Manual"
-truncateFilenames = yes
-combineSubSections = yes
-\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
-\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
-\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
-\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
-\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
-\const [0] {{\bf const}}
-\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-;;
-;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
-;;
-htmlWorkshopFiles = true
-htmlIndex = true
-\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
-%\pythonnote [1] {}
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/texhelp.sty

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-% LaTeX style file
-% Name:   texhelp.sty
-% Author: Julian Smart
-%
-% Purpose
-% -------
-% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
-% hypertext manuals.
-% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
-%
-% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
-% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
-% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
-% in all other formats.
-%
-% Julian Smart
-% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
-%
-%
-% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
-%
-% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
-%
-% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
-%
-% followed by a description of the class.
-% Each member should follow:
-%
-% \membersection{wxName::Member}
-%
-% with a description of what this member does.
-% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
-%
-% \func{return type}{name}{args}
-% or
-% \member{type}{name}
-%
-% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
-
-% Function, e.g.
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% void DoIt(char *string);
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
-%
-
-\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
-% e.g. to typeset
-%
-% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
-%
-% write:
-%
-% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
-
-\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
-
-% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
-
-% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
-\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
-
-% CLIPS function
-\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
-{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
-
-\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
-
-% This is used for a CLIPS function name
-\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
-
-% Member: a type and a name
-\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
-
-% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
-\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
-
-% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
-\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
-
-% Class: puts in index
-\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
-
-%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
-
-% Void type
-\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
-
-% Typeset destructor
-\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
-
-% Typeset insert/extract operators
-\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
-\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
-
-
-% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
-%
-% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
-% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
-% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
-%
-
-% Type text with section reference
-\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
-
-% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
-\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
-
-% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
-\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
-
-% Like footnote, but popup text.
-\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
-
-% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
-%
-
-% Global document font size/family, help only.
-\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in all on-line help
-\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
-% Only print in LaTeX
-\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
-
-% Ignore in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in linear RTF
-\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in WinHelp RTF
-\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in wxHelp
-\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
-
-% Ignore in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
-% Only print in HTML
-\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
-
-% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
-% in help systems!)
-\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
-
-\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
-
-% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
-%
-% Headings consistent with generated ones
-\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
-\begin{flushleft}
-{\LARGE \bf #1}
-\end{flushleft}
-\vskip 20pt
-}
-
-% Heading with entry in contents page.
-\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
-
-\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-
-% Glossary environment
-\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
-
-% Glossary entry
-\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
-
-% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
-\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, left aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Image, right aligned (HTML)
-\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
-% acts like \image.
-\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
-
-% Headers and footers
-% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
-\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
-\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
-\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
-}
-
-% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
-% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
-\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
-\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
-\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
-\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
-}
-
-% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
-% in mirrored margins mode.
-\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
-
-% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
-\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
-\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
-
-\twocolwidtha{3cm}
-\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
-\twocolspacing{2}
-
-\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
-\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
-
-\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
-{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
-
-% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
-\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
-
-% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
-\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
-
-% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
-\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
-{\end{list}}
-
-% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
-\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
-% Double-framed box of text.
-\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
-
-% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
-% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
-% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
-% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
-
-% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
-% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
-\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
-
-% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
-% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
-% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
-% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
-\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
-\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
-\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
-\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
-\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
-#2%
-\end{list}}
-\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
-\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
-\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
-\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
-
-\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
-\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
-\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
-\sloppy
-

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/topics.tex

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-\chapter{Topic overviews}
-\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
-\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
-
-The following sections describe particular topics.
-
-\section{OGL overview}\label{ogloverview}
-
-\helpref{wxShapeCanvas}{wxshapecanvas}, derived from {\bf wxCanvas}, is the drawing area
-for a number of \helpref{wxShape}{wxshape} instances. Everything drawn on a
-wxShapeCanvas is derived from wxShape, which provides virtual
-member functions for redrawing, creating and destroying
-resize/selection `handles', movement and erasing behaviour, mouse
-click behaviour, calculating the bounding box of the shape, linking
-nodes with arcs, and so on.
-
-The way a client application copes with `damage' to the canvas is to
-erase (white out) anything should no longer be displayed, redraw the shape,
-and then redraw everything on the canvas to repair any damage. If quick edit
-mode is on for the canvas, the complete should be omitted by OGL and the
-application.
-
-Selection handles (called control points in the code) are implemented as
-wxRectangleShapes.
-
-Events are passed to shapes by the canvas in a high-level form, for example {\bf OnLeftClick},
-{\bf OnBeginDragLeft}, {\bf OnDragLeft}, {\bf OnEndDragLeft}. The canvas decides
-what is a click and what is a drag, whether it is on a shape or the canvas itself,
-and (by interrogating the shape) which attachment point the click is associated with.
-
-In order to provide event-handling flexibility, each shapes has an `event handler' associated with it,
-which by default is the shape itself (all shapes derive from wxShapeEvtHandler).
-An application can modify the event-handling behaviour simply by plugging a new
-event handler into the shape. This can avoid the need for multiple inheritance when
-new properties and behaviour are required for a number of different shape classes: instead
-of overriding each class, one new event handler class can be defined and used for all
-existing shape classes.
-
-A range of shapes have been predefined in the library, including rectangles, ellipses,
-polygons. A client application can derive from these shapes and/or derive entirely
-new shapes from wxShape.
-
-Instances of a class called \helpref{wxDiagram}{wxdiagram} organise collections of
-shapes, providing default file input and output behaviour.
-
-\section{wxDividedShape overview}\label{dividedshapeoverview}
-
-Classes: \helpref{wxDividedShape}{wxdividedshape}
-
-A wxDividedShape is a rectangle with a number of vertical divisions. Each
-division may have its text formatted with independent characteristics, and
-the size of each division relative to the whole image may be specified.
-
-Once a wxDividedShape has been created, the user may move the divisions with the
-mouse. By pressing Ctrl while right-clicking, the region attributes can be edited.
-
-Here are examples of creating wxDividedShape objects:
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-  /*
-   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions
-   *
-   */
-
-  wxDividedShape *dividedRect = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
-
-  wxShapeRegion *region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
-  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
-  
-  dividedRect->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
-  dividedRect->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
-  dividedRect->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
-  dividedRect->Show(TRUE);
-  dividedRect->NameRegions();
-
-  /*
-   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions, rounded
-   *
-   */
-
-  wxDividedShape *dividedRect3 = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
-  dividedRect3->SetCornerRadius(-0.4);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
-  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
-
-  region = new wxShapeRegion;
-  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
-  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
-  
-  dividedRect3->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
-  dividedRect3->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
-  dividedRect3->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
-  dividedRect3->Show(TRUE);
-  dividedRect3->NameRegions();
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-\section{wxCompositeShape overview}\label{compositeshapeoverview}
-
-Classes: \helpref{wxCompositeShape}{wxcompositeshape}, \helpref{wxOGLConstraint}{wxoglconstraint}
-
-The wxCompositeShape allows fairly complex shapes to be created, and maintains
-a set of constraints which specify the layout and proportions of child shapes.
-
-Add child shapes to a wxCompositeShape using \helpref{AddChild}{wxcompositeshapeaddchild}, and
-add constraints using \helpref{AddConstraint}{wxcompositeshapeaddconstraint}.
-
-After children and shapes have been added, call \helpref{Recompute}{wxcompositeshaperecompute} which
-will return TRUE is the constraints could be satisfied, FALSE otherwise. If
-constraints have been correctly and consistently specified, this call will succeed.
-
-If there is more than one child, constraints must be specified: OGL cannot calculate
-the size and position of children otherwise. Don't assume that children will simply
-move relative to the parent without the use of constraints.
-
-To specify a constraint, you need three things:
-
-\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
-\item a constraint type, such as gyCONSTRAINT\_CENTRED\_VERTICALLY;
-\item a reference shape, with respect to which other shapes are going to be positioned - the\rtfsp
-{\it constraining} shape;
-\item a list of one or more shapes to be constrained: the {\it constrained} shapes.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-The constraining shape can be either the parent of the constrained shapes, or a sibling. The
-constrained shapes must all be siblings of each other.
-
-For an exhaustive list and description of the available constraint types, see the \helpref{wxOGLConstraint constructor}{wxoglconstraintconstr}.
-Note that most constraints operate in one dimension only (vertically or horizontally), so you will
-usually need to specify constraints in pairs.
-
-You can set the spacing between constraining and constrained shapes by
-calling \helpref{wxOGLConstraint::SetSpacing}{wxoglconstraintsetspacing}.
-
-Finally, a wxCompositeShape can have {\it divisions}, which are special child shapes of class
-wxDivisionShape (not to be confused with wxDividedShape). The purpose of this is to allow
-the composite to be divided into user-adjustable regions (divisions) into which other shapes
-can be dropped dynamically, given suitable application code. Divisons allow the child
-shapes to have an identity of their own - they can be manipulated independently of their container -
-but to behave as if they are contained with the division, moving with the parent shape.
-Divisions boundaries can themselves be moved using the mouse.
-
-To create an initial division, call \helpref{wxCompositeShape::MakeContainer}{wxcompositeshapemakecontainer}.
-Make further divisions by calling \helpref{wxDivisionShape::Divide}{wxdivisionshapedivide}.
-

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/cdbase.h

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name:       cdbase.h
-// Purpose:    wxMMedia
-// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
-// Created:    1997
-// Updated:    1998, 1999, 2000
-// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
-// License:    wxWindows license
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef __CDA_base_H__
-#define __CDA_base_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "cdbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-typedef struct wxCDtime {
-  wxUint8 track;
-  wxUint8 hour, min, sec;
-} wxCDtime;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudio : public wxObject {
-  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCDAudio)
-public:
-  typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus;
-  // Table of contents manager
-  class WXDLLEXPORT CDtoc {
-  protected:
-    wxCDtime *tracks_time, *tracks_pos;
-    wxCDtime total_time;
-  public:
-    //
-    CDtoc(wxCDtime& tot_tm, wxCDtime *trks_tm, wxCDtime *trks_pos)
-      { tracks_time = trks_tm; total_time = tot_tm; tracks_pos = trks_pos; }
-
-    // Returns the length of the specified track
-    // track: track to get length
-    wxCDtime GetTrackTime(wxUint8 track) const;
-    // Returns the position of the specified track
-    // track: track to get position
-    wxCDtime GetTrackPos(wxUint8 track) const;
-    // Returns the total time
-    inline wxCDtime GetTotalTime() const { return total_time; }
-  };
-public:
-  //
-  wxCDAudio() : wxObject() {}
-  //
-  virtual ~wxCDAudio() {}
-
-  // Play audio at the specified position
-  virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play, const wxCDtime& end_play) = 0;
-  // Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
-  bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_play);
-  //
-  bool Play(wxUint8 beg_track, wxUint8 end_track = 0);
-  // Pause the audio playing
-  virtual bool Pause() = 0;
-  // Resume a paused audio playing
-  virtual bool Resume() = 0;
-  // Get the current CD status
-  virtual CDstatus GetStatus() = 0;
-  // Get the current playing time
-  virtual wxCDtime GetTime() = 0;
-  // Returns the table of contents
-  virtual const CDtoc& GetToc() = 0;
-  // CD ok
-  virtual bool Ok() const = 0;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/cdunix.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name:       cdunix.h
-// Purpose:    wxMMedia
-// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
-// Created:    1997
-// Updated:    2000
-// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Guilhem Lavaux
-// License:    wxWindows license
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef __CDUNIXH__
-#define __CDUNIXH__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "cdunix.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/cdbase.h"
-
-///
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioLinux : public wxCDAudio {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioLinux)
-protected:
-  wxCDtime m_time;
-  CDstatus m_status;
-  CDtoc *m_toc;
-  int m_fd;
-  wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
-public:
-  ///
-  wxCDAudioLinux();
-  ///
-  wxCDAudioLinux(const wxString& dev_name);
-  ///
-  virtual ~wxCDAudioLinux();
-
-  ///
-  virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
-  ///
-  virtual bool Pause();
-  ///
-  virtual bool Resume();
-  ///
-  virtual CDstatus GetStatus();
-  ///
-  virtual wxCDtime GetTime();
-  ///
-  virtual CDtoc& GetToc();
-  ///
-  virtual inline bool Ok() const { return (m_fd != -1); }
-protected:
-  ///
-  void OpenDevice(const wxString& dev_name);
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/cdwin.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:       cdwin.h
-// Purpose:    wxMMedia
-// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
-// Created:    1997
-// Updated:    1998
-// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
-// License:    wxWindows license
-// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef __CDA_win_H__
-#define __CDA_win_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-#include "cdbase.h"
-
-#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <mmsystem.h>
-typedef struct CDAW_Internal {
-  MCIDEVICEID dev_id;
-} CDAW_Internal;
-#endif
-
-///
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCDAudioWin : public wxCDAudio {
-  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCDAudioWin)
-protected:
-  struct CDAW_Internal *m_internal;
-  wxCDtime *m_trksize, *m_trkpos;
-  CDtoc *m_toc;
-  bool m_ok;
-public:
-  ///
-  wxCDAudioWin(void);
-  ///
-  wxCDAudioWin(const char *dev_name);
-  ///
-  virtual ~wxCDAudioWin(void);
-
-  ///
-  virtual bool Play(const wxCDtime& beg_time, const wxCDtime& end_time);
-  ///
-  virtual bool Pause(void);
-  ///
-  virtual bool Resume(void);
-  ///
-  virtual CDstatus GetStatus(void);
-  ///
-  virtual wxCDtime GetTime(void);
-  ///
-  virtual const CDtoc& GetToc(void);
-  ///
-  virtual inline bool Ok(void) const { return m_ok; }
-protected:
-  void PrepareToc();
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/internal/g72x.h

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This source code is a product of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and is provided
- * for unrestricted use.  Users may copy or modify this source code without
- * charge.
- *
- * SUN SOURCE CODE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND INCLUDING
- * THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE.
- *
- * Sun source code is provided with no support and without any obligation on
- * the part of Sun Microsystems, Inc. to assist in its use, correction,
- * modification or enhancement.
- *
- * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE
- * INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS OR ANY PATENTS BY THIS SOFTWARE
- * OR ANY PART THEREOF.
- *
- * In no event will Sun Microsystems, Inc. be liable for any lost revenue
- * or profits or other special, indirect and consequential damages, even if
- * Sun has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
- *
- * Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * 2550 Garcia Avenue
- * Mountain View, California  94043
- */
-
-/*
- * g72x.h
- *
- * Header file for CCITT conversion routines.
- *
- */
-#ifndef _G72X_H
-#define	_G72X_H
-
-#define	AUDIO_ENCODING_ULAW	(1)	/* ISDN u-law */
-#define	AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW	(2)	/* ISDN A-law */
-#define	AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR	(3)	/* PCM 2's-complement (0-center) */
-
-/*
- * The following is the definition of the state structure
- * used by the G.721/G.723 encoder and decoder to preserve their internal
- * state between successive calls.  The meanings of the majority
- * of the state structure fields are explained in detail in the
- * CCITT Recommendation G.721.  The field names are essentially indentical
- * to variable names in the bit level description of the coding algorithm
- * included in this Recommendation.
- */
-struct g72x_state {
-	long yl;	/* Locked or steady state step size multiplier. */
-	short yu;	/* Unlocked or non-steady state step size multiplier. */
-	short dms;	/* Short term energy estimate. */
-	short dml;	/* Long term energy estimate. */
-	short ap;	/* Linear weighting coefficient of 'yl' and 'yu'. */
-
-	short a[2];	/* Coefficients of pole portion of prediction filter. */
-	short b[6];	/* Coefficients of zero portion of prediction filter. */
-	short pk[2];	/*
-			 * Signs of previous two samples of a partially
-			 * reconstructed signal.
-			 */
-	short dq[6];	/*
-			 * Previous 6 samples of the quantized difference
-			 * signal represented in an internal floating point
-			 * format.
-			 */
-	short sr[2];	/*
-			 * Previous 2 samples of the quantized difference
-			 * signal represented in an internal floating point
-			 * format.
-			 */
-	char td;	/* delayed tone detect, new in 1988 version */
-};
-
-/* External function definitions. */
-
-extern unsigned char linear2alaw (int pcm_val);	/* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
-extern int alaw2linear (unsigned char a_val);
-extern unsigned char linear2ulaw (int pcm_val);	/* 2's complement (16-bit range) */
-extern int ulaw2linear (unsigned char u_val);
-extern int predictor_zero (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int predictor_pole (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int step_size (struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int quantize (int d, int y, short *table, int size);
-extern int reconstruct (int sign, int dqln, int y);
-
-extern void update
-    ( int code_size, int y, int wi, int fi, int dq
-	, int sr, int dqsez, struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-
-int tandem_adjust_alaw
-    (int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
-
-int tandem_adjust_ulaw
-    (int sr, int se, int y, int i, int sign, short *qtab);
-
-extern void g72x_init_state (struct g72x_state *);
-extern int g721_encoder(
-		int sample,
-		int in_coding,
-		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int g721_decoder(
-		int code,
-		int out_coding,
-		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int g723_24_encoder(
-		int sample,
-		int in_coding,
-		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int g723_24_decoder(
-		int code,
-		int out_coding,
-		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int g723_40_encoder(
-		int sample,
-		int in_coding,
-		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-extern int g723_40_decoder(
-		int code,
-		int out_coding,
-		struct g72x_state *state_ptr);
-
-#endif /* !_G72X_H */

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndaiff.h

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndaiff.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDAIFF_H
-#define _WX_SNDAIFF_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndaiff.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
-
-//
-// AIFF codec
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundAiff: public wxSoundFileStream {
-public:
-    wxSoundAiff(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
-    wxSoundAiff(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
-    ~wxSoundAiff();
-    
-    bool CanRead();
-    wxString GetCodecName() const;
-    
-protected:
-    bool PrepareToPlay(); 
-    bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
-    bool FinishRecording();
-    bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
-    
-    wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-protected:
-    off_t m_base_offset;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndbase.h

@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndbase.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDBASE_H
-#define _WX_SNDBASE_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// DEFINITIONS
-
-// ---------------------
-// Sound streaming mode:
-//   - wxSOUND_INPUT: simple recording mode
-//   - wxSOUND_OUTPUT: simple playing mode
-//   - wxSOUND_DUPLEX: full duplex record/play at the same time
-// ---------------------
-enum {
-  wxSOUND_INPUT = 1,
-  wxSOUND_OUTPUT = 2,
-  wxSOUND_DUPLEX = wxSOUND_INPUT | wxSOUND_OUTPUT,
-};
-
-// ---------------------
-// wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
-// which will be passed to the stream.
-// ---------------------
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND_NOFORMAT,
-  wxSOUND_PCM,
-  wxSOUND_ULAW,
-  wxSOUND_G72X,
-  wxSOUND_MSADPCM
-} wxSoundFormatType;
-
-// ---------------------
-// wxSoundError:
-//   - wxSOUND_NOERR: No error occured
-//   - wxSOUND_IOERR: an input/output error occured, it may concern either
-//                    a driver or a file
-//   - wxSOUND_INVFRMT: the sound format passed to the function is invalid.
-//                      Generally, it means that you passed out of range values
-//                      to the codec stream or you don't pass the right sound
-//                      format object to the right sound codec stream.
-//   - wxSOUND_INVDEV: Invalid device. Generally, it means that the sound stream
-//                     didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid//                     parameter or to the fact that sound is not supported on
-//                     this computer.
-//   - wxSOUND_NOEXACT: No exact matching sound codec has been found for
-//                      this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't
-//                      manage to setup the sound card with the specified
-//                      values.
-//   - wxSOUND_NOCODEC: No matching codec has been found. Generally, it 
-//                      may happen when you call
-//                      wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().
-//   - wxSOUND_MEMERR:  Not enough memory.
-//   - wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED: You did not start the production using
-//                         StartProduction()
-// ---------------------
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND_NOERROR,
-  wxSOUND_IOERROR,
-  wxSOUND_INVFRMT,
-  wxSOUND_INVDEV,
-  wxSOUND_NOEXACT,
-  wxSOUND_INVSTRM,
-  wxSOUND_NOCODEC,
-  wxSOUND_MEMERROR,
-  wxSOUND_NOTSTARTED
-} wxSoundError;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream;
-
-// ---------------------
-// wxSoundCallback(stream, evt, cdata): C callback for sound event.
-//    - stream: current wxSoundStream
-//    - evt: the sound event which has occured, it may be wxSOUND_INPUT,
-//            wxSOUND_OUTPUT or wxSOUND_DUPLEX
-//    - cdata: User callback data
-// ---------------------
-typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
-                                void *cdata);
-
-//
-// Base class for sound format specification
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatBase {
- public:
-  wxSoundFormatBase();
-  virtual ~wxSoundFormatBase();
-
-  // It returns a "standard" format type.
-  virtual wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_NOFORMAT; }
-  // It clones the current format.
-  virtual wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
-
-  virtual wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const = 0;
-  virtual wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const = 0;
- 
-  virtual bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
-};
-
-//
-// Base class for sound streams
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStream {
- public:
-  wxSoundStream();
-  virtual ~wxSoundStream();
-
-  // Reads "len" bytes from the sound stream.
-  virtual wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
-  // Writes "len" byte to the sound stream.
-  virtual wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
-  // Returns the best size for IO calls
-  virtual wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 1024; }
-
-  // SetSoundFormat returns TRUE when the format can be handled.
-  virtual bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-
-  // GetSoundFormat returns the current sound format.
-  wxSoundFormatBase& GetSoundFormat() const { return *m_sndformat; }
-
-  // Register a callback for a specified async event.
-  void SetCallback(int evt, wxSoundCallback cbk, void *cdata);
-
-  // Starts the async notifier. After this call, the stream begins either 
-  // recording or playing or the two at the same time.
-  virtual bool StartProduction(int evt) = 0;
-  // Stops the async notifier.
-  virtual bool StopProduction() = 0;
-  // Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
-  void SetEventHandler(wxSoundStream *handler) { m_handler = handler; }
-
-  wxSoundError GetError() const { return m_snderror; }
-  wxUint32 GetLastAccess() const { return m_lastcount; }
-
-  // This is only useful for device (I think).
-  virtual bool QueueFilled() const { return TRUE; }
-
- protected:
-  // Current sound format
-  wxSoundFormatBase *m_sndformat;
-
-  // Last error
-  wxSoundError m_snderror;
-
-  // Last access
-  wxUint32 m_lastcount;
-
-  // Event handler
-  wxSoundStream *m_handler;
-
-  wxSoundCallback m_callback[2];
-  void *m_cdata[2];
-
- protected:
-  // Handles event
-  virtual void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndcodec.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDCODEC_H
-#define _WX_SNDCODEC_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndcodec.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamCodec: public wxSoundStream {
- public:
-  wxSoundStreamCodec(wxSoundStream& snd_io);
-  ~wxSoundStreamCodec();
-
-  bool StartProduction(int evt);
-  bool StopProduction();
-
-  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
-
- protected:
-  wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndcpcm.h

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndcpcm.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDCPCM_H
-#define _WX_SNDCPCM_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndcpcm.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-
-//
-// PCM converter class
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamPcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
-public:
-    typedef void (*ConverterType)(const void *buf_in, void *buf_out,
-                                  wxUint32 len);
-    
-    wxSoundStreamPcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
-    ~wxSoundStreamPcm();
-    
-    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    
-    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-    
-    wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
-    
-protected:
-    wxUint32 GetReadSize(wxUint32 len) const;
-    wxUint32 GetWriteSize(wxUint32 len) const;
-
-protected:
-    ConverterType m_function_out, m_function_in;
-
-    // Static temporary buffer
-    char *m_prebuffer;
-    wxUint32 m_prebuffer_size;
-    // Estimated best size to fit into the static buffer
-    wxUint32 m_best_size;
-    // Multiplier for IO buffer size
-    float m_multiplier_in, m_multiplier_out;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndesd.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndesd.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDESD_H
-#define _WX_SNDESD_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndesd.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
-
-//
-// ESD output class
-//
-
-class wxSoundStreamESD : public wxSoundStream {
-public:
-    wxSoundStreamESD(const wxString& hostname = wxT("localhost"));
-    ~wxSoundStreamESD();
-    
-    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    
-    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-    
-    bool StartProduction(int evt);
-    bool StopProduction();
-    
-    // You should not call this.
-    void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
-
-    bool QueueFilled() const { return m_q_filled; }
-protected:
-    int m_fd_input, m_fd_output;      // ESD fds
-    int m_tag_input, m_tag_output;    // GLIB tags
-    bool m_esd_stop;                  // Stream started ?
-    bool m_esd_ok;                    // ESD detected
-    wxString m_hostname;              // ESD host
-    bool m_q_filled;                  // queue filled
-
-private:
-    void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndfile.h

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndfile.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDFILE_H
-#define _WX_SNDFILE_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-
-#define wxSOUND_INFINITE_TIME ((wxUint32)-1)
-
-//
-// Codec router class
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
- public:
-  wxSoundRouterStream(wxSoundStream& sndio);
-  ~wxSoundRouterStream();
-
-  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-
-  bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-
-  bool StartProduction(int evt);
-  bool StopProduction();
-
-  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
-
- protected:
-  wxSoundStream *m_router;
-};
-
-typedef enum {
- wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED,
- wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED,
- wxSOUND_FILE_PLAYING,
- wxSOUND_FILE_RECORDING
-} wxSoundFileState;
-
-//
-// Base class for file coders/decoders
-//
-
-class wxSoundFileStream: public wxSoundStream {
-public:
-    wxSoundFileStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
-    wxSoundFileStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
-    ~wxSoundFileStream();
-    
-    // Usual sound file calls (Play, Stop, ...)
-    bool Play();
-    bool Record(wxUint32 time);
-    bool Stop();
-    bool Pause();
-    bool Resume();
-    
-    // Functions which return the current state
-    bool IsStopped() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_STOPPED; }
-    bool IsPaused() const { return m_state == wxSOUND_FILE_PAUSED; }
-    
-    // A user should not call these two functions.
-    // Several things must be done before calling them.
-    // Users should use Play(), ... 
-    bool StartProduction(int evt);
-    bool StopProduction();
-
-    // These three functions deals with the length, the position in the sound file.
-    // All the values are expressed in bytes. If you need the values expressed
-    // in terms of time, you have to use GetSoundFormat().GetTimeFromBytes(...)
-    wxUint32 GetLength();
-    wxUint32 GetPosition();
-    wxUint32 SetPosition(wxUint32 new_position);
-    
-    // These two functions use the sound format specified by GetSoundFormat().
-    // All samples must be encoded in that format. 
-    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len); 
-    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    
-    // This function set the sound format of the file. !! It must be used only
-    // when you are in output mode (concerning the file) !! If you are in
-    // input mode (concerning the file) you can't use this function to modify
-    // the format of the samples returned by Read() !
-    // For this action, you must use wxSoundRouterStream applied to wxSoundFileStream. 
-    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-    
-    // This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who want to build
-    // a player (But also in some other case).
-    virtual wxString GetCodecName() const;
-    
-    // You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
-    // the stream you passed to it.
-    virtual bool CanRead() { return FALSE; }
-    
-protected:
-    wxSoundRouterStream m_codec; 
-    wxSoundStream *m_sndio;
-    wxInputStream *m_input;
-    wxOutputStream *m_output;
-    
-    wxSoundFileState m_state, m_oldstate;
-    wxUint32 m_length, m_bytes_left;
-    bool m_prepared;
-    
-protected:
-    virtual bool PrepareToPlay() = 0; 
-    virtual bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time) = 0;
-    virtual bool FinishRecording() = 0;
-    virtual bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position) = 0;
-    void FinishPreparation(wxUint32 len);
-    
-    virtual wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
-    virtual wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len) = 0;
-    
-    void OnSoundEvent(int evt);
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndg72x.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndg72x.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/26/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDG72X_H
-#define _WX_SNDG72X_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndg72x.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-
-typedef enum {
-  wxSOUND_G721,
-  wxSOUND_G723_24,
-  wxSOUND_G723_40
-} wxSoundG72XType;
-
-// This fixes a bug in Mingw95
-typedef struct g72x_state g72state;
-
-//
-// G72X format
-//
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatG72X: public wxSoundFormatBase {
- public:
-  wxSoundFormatG72X();
-  ~wxSoundFormatG72X();
-
-  void SetG72XType(wxSoundG72XType type);
-  wxSoundG72XType GetG72XType() const { return m_g72x_type; }
-
-  void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
-  wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
-
-  wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_G72X; }
-  wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
-
-  wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
-  wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
-
-  bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
-
- protected:
-  wxUint32 m_srate;
-  wxSoundG72XType m_g72x_type;
-};
-
-//
-// ULAW converter class
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamG72X: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
- public:
-  wxSoundStreamG72X(wxSoundStream& sndio);
-  ~wxSoundStreamG72X();
-
-  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-
-  bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-
- protected:
-  wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
-  wxUint8 m_n_bits, m_current_mask, m_current_b_pos, m_current_byte;
-  wxUint8 *m_io_buffer;
-  g72state *m_state;
-
-  int (*m_coder)(int code, int in_code, struct g72x_state *state);
-  int (*m_decoder)(int code, int out_code, struct g72x_state *state);
-
- protected:
-  void PutBits(wxUint8 bits);
-  wxUint8 GetBits();
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndmsad.h

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndmsad(pcm).h
-// Purpose: MS ADPCM codec
-// Date: 25/02/2000
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 2000
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDMSAD_H
-#define _WX_SNDMSAD_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndmsad.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxInt16, wxMSAdpcmCoeffs);
-
-//
-// MSADPCM format
-//
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm: public wxSoundFormatBase {
-public:
-    wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
-    ~wxSoundFormatMSAdpcm();
-    
-    void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
-    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
-    
-    void SetCoefs(wxInt16 **coefs, wxUint16 ncoefs, wxUint16 coefs_len);
-    void GetCoefs(wxInt16 **&coefs, wxUint16& ncoefs,
-                  wxUint16& coefs_len) const;
-
-    void SetBlockSize(wxUint16 block_size);
-    wxUint16 GetBlockSize() const;
-    
-    void SetChannels(wxUint16 channels);
-    wxUint16 GetChannels() const;
-    
-    wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_MSADPCM; }
-    wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
-    
-    wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
-    wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
-    
-    bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
-
-protected:
-    wxUint32 m_srate, m_nchannels;
-    wxInt16 **m_coefs;
-    wxUint16 m_ncoefs, m_coefs_len;
-    wxUint16 m_block_size;
-};
-
-//
-// MS ADPCM converter class
-//
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
-public:
-    wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm(wxSoundStream& sndio);
-    ~wxSoundStreamMSAdpcm();
-    
-    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    
-    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-
-    wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
-
-    typedef struct {
-        wxInt32 predictor;
-        wxInt16 samp1;
-        wxInt16 samp2;
-        wxInt16 coeff[2];
-        wxInt32 iDelta;
-    } AdpcmState;
-
-    AdpcmState m_state[1];
-    
-    bool     m_got_header;
-    bool     m_stereo;
-    wxInt16  **m_coefs;
-    wxUint16 m_block_size;
-    wxUint16 m_ncoefs;
-    wxUint16 m_next_block;
-    
-protected:
-    wxUint32 DecodeMonoADPCM(const void *in_buffer, void *out_buffer,
-                             wxUint32 in_len);
-    wxUint32 DecodeStereoADPCM(const void *in_buffer, void *out_buffer,
-                               wxUint32 in_len);
-    void Nibble(wxInt8 nyb,
-                AdpcmState *state,
-                wxInt16 **out_buffer);
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndoss.h

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndoss.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDOSS_H
-#define _WX_SNDOSS_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndoss.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h"
-
-//
-// OSS output class
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamOSS : public wxSoundStream {
- public:
-  wxSoundStreamOSS(const wxString& dev_name = wxT("/dev/dsp"));
-  ~wxSoundStreamOSS();
-
-  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
-
-  bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-
-  bool StartProduction(int evt);
-  bool StopProduction();
-
-  bool QueueFilled() const;
-
-  // You should not call this.
-  void WakeUpEvt(int evt);
- protected:
-  // OSS device
-  int m_fd;
-  wxUint32 m_bufsize;
-  int m_tag;
-  bool m_oss_stop, m_oss_ok, m_q_filled;
-  wxString m_devname;
-
- private:
-  bool SetupFormat(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
-  void DetectBest(wxSoundFormatPcm *pcm);
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndpcm.h

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndpcm.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDPCM_H
-#define _WX_SNDPCM_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndpcm.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-
-//
-// PCM specification class
-//
-
-class wxSoundFormatPcm : public wxSoundFormatBase {
-public:
-  wxSoundFormatPcm(wxUint32 srate = 22500, wxUint8 bps = 8,
-                   wxUint16 channels = 2, bool sign = TRUE,
-                   int order = wxLITTLE_ENDIAN); 
-  ~wxSoundFormatPcm();
-
-  void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
-  void SetBPS(wxUint8 bps);
-  void SetChannels(wxUint16 nchannels);
-  void SetOrder(int order);
-  void Signed(bool sign);
-
-  wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const { return m_srate; }
-  wxUint8 GetBPS() const { return m_bps; }
-  wxUint16 GetChannels() const { return m_nchan; }
-  int GetOrder() const { return m_order; }
-  bool Signed() const { return m_signed; }
-
-  wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_PCM; }
-  wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
-
-  wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
-  wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
-
-  bool operator!=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
-
-protected:
-  wxUint32 m_srate;
-  wxUint8 m_bps;
-  wxUint16 m_nchan;
-  int m_order;
-  bool m_signed;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndulaw.h

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndulaw.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDULAW_H
-#define _WX_SNDULAW_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndulaw.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-
-//
-// ULAW format
-//
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundFormatUlaw: public wxSoundFormatBase {
-public:
-    wxSoundFormatUlaw();
-    ~wxSoundFormatUlaw();
-    
-    void SetSampleRate(wxUint32 srate);
-    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
-    
-    void SetChannels(wxUint8 channels);
-    wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
-    
-    wxSoundFormatType GetType() const { return wxSOUND_ULAW; }
-    wxSoundFormatBase *Clone() const;
-    
-    wxUint32 GetTimeFromBytes(wxUint32 bytes) const;
-    wxUint32 GetBytesFromTime(wxUint32 time) const;
-    
-    bool operator !=(const wxSoundFormatBase& frmt2) const;
-    
-protected:
-    wxUint32 m_srate;
-    wxUint8 m_channels;
-};
-
-//
-// ULAW converter class
-//
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundRouterStream;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamUlaw: public wxSoundStreamCodec {
-public:
-    wxSoundStreamUlaw(wxSoundStream& sndio);
-    ~wxSoundStreamUlaw();
-    
-    wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    
-    bool SetSoundFormat(const wxSoundFormatBase& format);
-    
-    wxUint32 GetBestSize() const;
-    
-protected:
-    wxSoundRouterStream *m_router;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndwav.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndwav.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDWAV_H
-#define _WX_SNDWAV_H
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "sndwav.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/datstrm.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndcodec.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndfile.h"
-
-//
-// WAVE codec
-//
-
-class wxSoundWave: public wxSoundFileStream {
-public:
-    wxSoundWave(wxInputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
-    wxSoundWave(wxOutputStream& stream, wxSoundStream& io_sound);
-    ~wxSoundWave();
-    
-    bool CanRead();
-    wxString GetCodecName() const;
-    
-protected:
-    bool PrepareToPlay(); 
-    bool PrepareToRecord(wxUint32 time);
-    bool FinishRecording();
-    bool RepositionStream(wxUint32 position);
-    
-    wxUint32 GetData(void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    wxUint32 PutData(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-    
-    bool HandleOutputPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
-                         wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
-                         wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
-                         wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
-    bool HandleOutputMSADPCM(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
-                             wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
-                             wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
-                             wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
-    bool HandleOutputG721(wxDataInputStream& data, wxUint32 len,
-                          wxUint16 channels, wxUint32 sample_fq,
-                          wxUint32 byte_p_sec, wxUint16 byte_p_spl,
-                          wxUint16 bits_p_spl);
-    wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputPCM(wxDataOutputStream& data);
-    wxSoundFormatBase *HandleInputG72X(wxDataOutputStream& data);
-
-protected:
-    off_t m_base_offset;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/sndwin.h

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name: sndwin.h
-// Purpose:
-// Date: 08/11/1999
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr> (C) 1999
-// CVSID: $Id$
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_SNDWIN_H
-#define _WX_SNDWIN_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/mmedia/sndbase.h"
-
-typedef struct _wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal;
-typedef struct _wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader;
-
-// class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundInternal;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSoundStreamWin : public wxSoundStream {
- public:
-  wxSoundStreamWin();
-  ~wxSoundStreamWin();
-
-  wxSoundStream& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 len);
-  wxSoundStream& Read(void *buffer, wxUint32 len); 
-
-  bool SetSoundFormat(wxSoundFormatBase& base);
-
-  bool StartProduction(int evt);
-  bool StopProduction();
-
-  bool QueueFilled() const;
-
-  // Internal but defined as public
-  void NotifyDoneBuffer(wxUint32 dev_handle, int flag);
-
-  wxUint32 GetBestSize() const { return 4096; }
-
- protected:
-  wxSoundInternal *m_internal;
-  wxUint32 m_current_frag_in, m_current_frag_out;
-  wxUint32 m_input_frag_in, m_output_frag_out;
-  wxSoundInfoHeader **m_headers_play, **m_headers_rec;
-
-  bool m_production_started, m_queue_filled, m_waiting_for;
-
- protected:
-  void CreateSndWindow();
-  void DestroySndWindow();
-  bool OpenDevice(int mode);
-  void CloseDevice();
-
-  wxSoundInfoHeader *AllocHeader(int mode);
-  void FreeHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *header, int mode);
-  bool AllocHeaders(int mode);
-  void FreeHeaders(int mode);
-
-  void WaitFor(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
-  bool AddToQueue(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
-  void ClearHeader(wxSoundInfoHeader *info);
-
-  wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentOutput();
-  wxSoundInfoHeader *NextFragmentInput();
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/vidbase.h

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:       vidbase.h
-// Purpose:    wxMMedia
-// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
-// Created:    1997
-// Updated:    1998
-// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
-// CVS:	       $Id$
-// License:    wxWindows license
-// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
-#ifndef __VID_bdrv_H__
-#define __VID_bdrv_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "vidbase.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
-// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include "wx/defs.h"
-    #include "wx/stream.h"
-    #include "wx/string.h"
-    #include "wx/window.h"
-    #include "wx/frame.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMMedia2 (video) types
-
-typedef enum {
-  wxVIDEO_MSAVI,
-  wxVIDEO_MPEG,
-  wxVIDEO_QT,
-  wxVIDEO_GIF,
-  wxVIDEO_JMOV,
-  wxVIDEO_FLI,
-  wxVIDEO_IFF,
-  wxVIDEO_SGI,
-  wxVIDEO_MPEG2
-} wxVideoType;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Classes definition
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoBaseDriver : public wxObject {
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVideoBaseDriver)
-protected:
-    wxWindow *m_video_output;
-public:
-    // Ctors
-    wxVideoBaseDriver();
-    wxVideoBaseDriver(wxInputStream& str);
-    wxVideoBaseDriver(const wxString& filename);
-    // Dtor
-    virtual ~wxVideoBaseDriver();
-    
-    // Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
-    virtual bool Play() = 0;
-    virtual bool Stop() = 0;
-    virtual bool Pause() = 0;
-    virtual bool Resume() = 0;
-    
-    // Size management
-    virtual bool SetSize(wxSize size) = 0;
-    virtual bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const = 0;
-    
-    // Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
-    virtual bool IsCapable(wxVideoType WXUNUSED(v_type)) const { return FALSE; }
-
-    // Return the video codec name
-    virtual wxString GetMovieCodec() const = 0;
-    // Return the audio codec name
-    virtual wxString GetAudioCodec() const = 0;
-    // Return misc info about audio
-    virtual wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const = 0;
-    virtual wxUint8 GetChannels() const = 0;
-    virtual wxUint8 GetBPS() const = 0;
-    // Return frame rate
-    virtual double GetFrameRate() const = 0;
-    // Return number of frames
-    virtual wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const = 0;
-    
-    // Called when the movie finished
-    virtual void OnFinished() {}
-    
-    // Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
-    virtual bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
-    virtual void DetachOutput();
-    
-    // They return the state of the movie.
-    virtual bool IsPaused() const = 0;
-    virtual bool IsStopped() const = 0;
-};
-
-WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame *wxVideoCreateFrame(wxVideoBaseDriver *vid_drv);
-
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/vidwin.h

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Name:       vidwin.h
-// Purpose:    wxMMedia
-// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
-// Created:    February 1998
-// Updated:
-// Copyright:  (C) 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
-// License:    wxWindows license
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __VID_windows_H__
-#define __VID_windows_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "vidwin.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
-// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include "wx/string.h"
-    #include "wx/stream.h"
-    #include "wx/window.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMMedia2 headers
-
-#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// System headers and private types
-
-#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <mmsystem.h>
-
-typedef struct VIDW_Internal {
-    MCIDEVICEID m_dev_id;
-} wxVIDWinternal;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Class definition
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoWindows : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoWindows)
-protected:
-    struct VIDW_Internal *m_internal;
-    bool m_paused, m_stopped, m_remove_file;
-    wxString m_filename;
-    double m_frameRate;
-    wxUint8 m_bps;
-
-    void OpenFile();
-public:
-    wxVideoWindows(void);
-    wxVideoWindows(wxInputStream& str);
-    wxVideoWindows(const wxString& fname);
-    ~wxVideoWindows(void);
-
-    bool Play();
-    bool Stop();
-    bool Pause();
-    bool Resume();
-    
-    bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
-    bool SetSize(wxSize size);
-
-    // Return codec name for each stream.
-    wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
-    wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
-    // Return misc. info about audio
-    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
-    wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
-    wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
-    // Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
-    double GetFrameRate() const;
-    // Return the total number of frames in the movie
-    wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
-    
-    bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type);
-    
-    bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
-    void DetachOutput(void);
-    
-    bool IsPaused() const;
-    bool IsStopped() const;
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/mmedia/vidxanm.h

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:       vidxanm.h
-// Purpose:    wxMMedia
-// Author:     Guilhem Lavaux
-// Created:    1997
-// Updated:    1998
-// Copyright:  (C) 1997, 1998, Guilhem Lavaux
-// License:    wxWindows license
-// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-/* Real -*- C++ -*- */
-#ifndef __VID_xanim_H__
-#define __VID_xanim_H__
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma interface "vidxanm.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    #pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-// for all others, include the necessary headers (this file is usually all you
-// need because it includes almost all "standard" wxWindows headers
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include "wx/defs.h"
-    #include "wx/string.h"
-    #include "wx/process.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// System dependent headers
-
-#if defined(WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL) && (defined(__X__) || defined(__WXGTK__))
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMMedia2 headers
-
-#include "wx/mmedia/vidbase.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Internal types
-
-#ifdef WXMMEDIA_INTERNAL
-typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
-    Display *xanim_dpy;
-    Window xanim_window;
-    Atom xanim_atom, xanim_ret;
-} wxXANIMinternal;
-
-#ifndef __XANIM_COMMAND__
-    #define __XANIM_COMMAND__ "/usr/X11R6/bin/xanim"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Class definition
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoXANIM : public wxVideoBaseDriver {
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVideoXANIM)
- protected:
-    // Remember the state of the subprocess
-    bool m_xanim_started, m_paused;
-    // Pure X11 variables
-    struct wxXANIMinternal *m_internal;
-    wxString m_filename;
-    wxProcess *m_xanim_detector;
-    // Remember to delete the temporary file when necessary
-    bool m_remove_file;
-    wxUint32 m_size[2];
-    wxUint32 m_sampleRate;
-    wxUint8 m_channels;
-    wxUint8 m_bps;
-    wxUint32 m_frames;
-    double m_frameRate;
-    wxString m_movieCodec, m_audioCodec;
-    
- public:
-    wxVideoXANIM();
-    wxVideoXANIM(wxInputStream& str);
-    wxVideoXANIM(const wxString& filename);
-    ~wxVideoXANIM();
-    
-    bool Play();
-    bool Pause();
-    bool Resume();
-    bool Stop();
-    
-    bool SetVolume(wxUint8 vol);
-    bool SetSize(wxSize size);
-    bool GetSize(wxSize& size) const;
-
-    // Return the video codec name
-    wxString GetMovieCodec() const;
-    // Return the audio codec name
-    wxString GetAudioCodec() const;
-    // Return misc info about audio
-    wxUint32 GetSampleRate() const;
-    wxUint8 GetChannels() const;
-    wxUint8 GetBPS() const;
-    // Return frame rate
-    double GetFrameRate() const;
-    // Return number of frames in the movie
-    wxUint32 GetNbFrames() const;
-    
-    bool IsCapable(wxVideoType v_type) const;
-    
-    bool AttachOutput(wxWindow& output);
-    void DetachOutput();
-    
-    bool IsPaused() const;
-    bool IsStopped() const;
-    
-    friend class wxVideoXANIMProcess;
-    
-protected:
-    // Start the subprocess with the right parameters
-    bool RestartXANIM();
-    // Send a command to the subprocess
-    bool SendCommand(const char *command,char **ret = NULL,
-                     wxUint32 *size = NULL);
-
-    // Collect informations from XAnim
-    bool CollectInfo();
-};
-
-#endif

contrib/include/wx/ogl/basic.h

@@ -1,744 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        basic.h
-// Purpose:     Basic OGL classes and definitions
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_BASIC_H_
-#define _OGL_BASIC_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "basic.h"
-#endif
-
-#define OGL_VERSION     2.0
-
-#ifndef DEFAULT_MOUSE_TOLERANCE
-#define DEFAULT_MOUSE_TOLERANCE 3
-#endif
-
-// Edit these lines if you positively don't want PROLOGIO support
-#ifndef PROLOGIO
-#define PROLOGIO
-#endif
-
-// Key identifiers
-#define KEY_SHIFT 1
-#define KEY_CTRL  2
-
-// Arrow styles
-
-#define ARROW_NONE         0
-#define ARROW_END          1
-#define ARROW_BOTH         2
-#define ARROW_MIDDLE       3
-#define ARROW_START        4
-
-// Control point types
-// Rectangle and most other shapes
-#define CONTROL_POINT_VERTICAL   1
-#define CONTROL_POINT_HORIZONTAL 2
-#define CONTROL_POINT_DIAGONAL   3
-
-// Line
-#define CONTROL_POINT_ENDPOINT_TO 4
-#define CONTROL_POINT_ENDPOINT_FROM 5
-#define CONTROL_POINT_LINE       6
-
-// Types of formatting: can be combined in a bit list
-#define FORMAT_NONE           0
-                                // Left justification
-#define FORMAT_CENTRE_HORIZ   1
-                                // Centre horizontally
-#define FORMAT_CENTRE_VERT    2
-                                // Centre vertically
-#define FORMAT_SIZE_TO_CONTENTS 4
-                                // Resize shape to contents
-
-// Shadow mode
-#define SHADOW_NONE           0
-#define SHADOW_LEFT           1
-#define SHADOW_RIGHT          2
-
-/*
- * Declare types
- *
- */
-
-#define SHAPE_BASIC           wxTYPE_USER + 1
-#define SHAPE_RECTANGLE       wxTYPE_USER + 2
-#define SHAPE_ELLIPSE         wxTYPE_USER + 3
-#define SHAPE_POLYGON         wxTYPE_USER + 4
-#define SHAPE_CIRCLE          wxTYPE_USER + 5
-#define SHAPE_LINE            wxTYPE_USER + 6
-#define SHAPE_DIVIDED_RECTANGLE wxTYPE_USER + 8
-#define SHAPE_COMPOSITE       wxTYPE_USER + 9
-#define SHAPE_CONTROL_POINT   wxTYPE_USER + 10
-#define SHAPE_DRAWN           wxTYPE_USER + 11
-#define SHAPE_DIVISION        wxTYPE_USER + 12
-#define SHAPE_LABEL_OBJECT    wxTYPE_USER + 13
-#define SHAPE_BITMAP          wxTYPE_USER + 14
-#define SHAPE_DIVIDED_OBJECT_CONTROL_POINT   wxTYPE_USER + 15
-
-#define OBJECT_REGION         wxTYPE_USER + 20
-
-#define OP_CLICK_LEFT  1
-#define OP_CLICK_RIGHT 2
-#define OP_DRAG_LEFT 4
-#define OP_DRAG_RIGHT 8
-
-#define OP_ALL (OP_CLICK_LEFT | OP_CLICK_RIGHT | OP_DRAG_LEFT | OP_DRAG_RIGHT)
-
-// Attachment modes
-#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_NONE        0
-#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_EDGE        1
-#define ATTACHMENT_MODE_BRANCHING   2
-
-// Sub-modes for branching attachment mode
-#define BRANCHING_ATTACHMENT_NORMAL 1
-#define BRANCHING_ATTACHMENT_BLOB   2
-
-class wxShapeTextLine;
-class wxShapeCanvas;
-class wxLineShape;
-class wxControlPoint;
-class wxShapeRegion;
-class wxShape;
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxExpr;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxExprDatabase;
-#endif
-
-// Round up
-#define WXROUND(x) ( (long) (x + 0.5) )
-
-
-// logical function to use when drawing rubberband boxes, etc.
-#define OGLRBLF         wxINVERT
-
-
-
-class wxShapeEvtHandler: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeEvtHandler)
-
- public:
-  wxShapeEvtHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler *prev = NULL, wxShape *shape = NULL);
-  virtual ~wxShapeEvtHandler();
-
-  inline void SetShape(wxShape *sh) { m_handlerShape = sh; }
-  inline wxShape *GetShape() const { return m_handlerShape; }
-
-  inline void SetPreviousHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler* handler) { m_previousHandler = handler; }
-  inline wxShapeEvtHandler* GetPreviousHandler() const { return m_previousHandler; }
-
-  // This is called when the _shape_ is deleted.
-  virtual void OnDelete();
-  virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, bool erase = FALSE);
-  virtual void OnMoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnEraseContents(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnHighlight(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnLeftDoubleClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSize(double x, double y);
-  virtual bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
-  virtual void OnMovePost(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
-
-  virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
-  virtual void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnMoveLink(wxDC& dc, bool moveControlPoints = TRUE);
-
-  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
-  // to override sizing behaviour.
-  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  virtual void OnBeginSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
-  virtual void OnEndSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
-
-  // Can override this to prevent or intercept line reordering.
-  virtual void OnChangeAttachment(int attachment, wxLineShape* line, wxList& ordering);
-
-  // Creates a copy of this event handler.
-  wxShapeEvtHandler *CreateNewCopy();
-
-  // Does the copy - override for new event handlers which might store
-  // app-specific data.
-  virtual void CopyData(wxShapeEvtHandler& copy) {};
-
- private:
-  wxShapeEvtHandler*    m_previousHandler;
-  wxShape*              m_handlerShape;
-};
-
-class wxShape: public wxShapeEvtHandler
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxShape)
-
- public:
-
-  wxShape(wxShapeCanvas *can = NULL);
-  virtual ~wxShape();
-  virtual void GetBoundingBoxMax(double *width, double *height);
-  virtual void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *width, double *height) = 0;
-  virtual bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                 double x2, double y2,
-                                 double *x3, double *y3);
-  inline wxShapeCanvas *GetCanvas() { return m_canvas; }
-  void SetCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
-  virtual void AddToCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
-  virtual void InsertInCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
-
-  virtual void RemoveFromCanvas(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas);
-  inline double GetX() const { return m_xpos; }
-  inline double GetY() const { return m_ypos; }
-  inline void SetX(double x) { m_xpos = x; }
-  inline void SetY(double y) { m_ypos = y; }
-
-  inline wxShape *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
-  inline void SetParent(wxShape *p) { m_parent = p; }
-  wxShape *GetTopAncestor();
-  inline wxList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
-
-  virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnMoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void Unlink() { };
-  void SetDrawHandles(bool drawH);
-  inline bool GetDrawHandles() { return m_drawHandles; }
-  virtual void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnEraseContents(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnHighlight(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnLeftDoubleClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0) {}
-  virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSize(double x, double y);
-  virtual bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
-  virtual void OnMovePost(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
-
-  virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
-  virtual void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
-
-  virtual void OnBeginSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
-  virtual void OnEndSize(double WXUNUSED(w), double WXUNUSED(h)) { }
-
-  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
-  // to override sizing behaviour.
-  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  virtual void MakeControlPoints();
-  virtual void DeleteControlPoints(wxDC *dc = NULL);
-  virtual void ResetControlPoints();
-
-  inline wxShapeEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() { return m_eventHandler; }
-  inline void SetEventHandler(wxShapeEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
-
-  // Mandatory control points, e.g. the divided line moving handles
-  // should appear even if a child of the 'selected' image
-  virtual void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
-  virtual void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
-
-  inline virtual bool Recompute() { return TRUE; };
-  // Calculate size recursively, if size changes. Size might depend on children.
-  inline virtual void CalculateSize() { };
-  virtual void Select(bool select = TRUE, wxDC* dc = NULL);
-  virtual void SetHighlight(bool hi = TRUE, bool recurse = FALSE);
-  inline virtual bool IsHighlighted() const { return m_highlighted; };
-  virtual bool Selected() const;
-  virtual bool AncestorSelected() const;
-  void SetSensitivityFilter(int sens = OP_ALL, bool recursive = FALSE);
-  int GetSensitivityFilter() const { return m_sensitivity; }
-  void SetDraggable(bool drag, bool recursive = FALSE);
-  inline  void SetFixedSize(bool x, bool y) { m_fixedWidth = x; m_fixedHeight = y; };
-  inline  void GetFixedSize(bool *x, bool *y) const { *x = m_fixedWidth; *y = m_fixedHeight; };
-  inline  bool GetFixedWidth() const { return m_fixedWidth; }
-  inline  bool GetFixedHeight() const { return m_fixedHeight; }
-  inline  void SetSpaceAttachments(bool sp) { m_spaceAttachments = sp; };
-  inline  bool GetSpaceAttachments() const { return m_spaceAttachments; };
-  void SetShadowMode(int mode, bool redraw = FALSE);
-  inline int GetShadowMode() const { return m_shadowMode; }
-  virtual bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
-  inline void SetCentreResize(bool cr) { m_centreResize = cr; }
-  inline bool GetCentreResize() const { return m_centreResize; }
-  inline void SetMaintainAspectRatio(bool ar) { m_maintainAspectRatio = ar; }
-  inline bool GetMaintainAspectRatio() const { return m_maintainAspectRatio; }
-  inline wxList& GetLines() const { return (wxList&) m_lines; }
-  inline void SetDisableLabel(bool flag) { m_disableLabel = flag; }
-  inline bool GetDisableLabel() const { return m_disableLabel; }
-  inline void SetAttachmentMode(int mode) { m_attachmentMode = mode; }
-  inline int GetAttachmentMode() const { return m_attachmentMode; }
-  inline void SetId(long i) { m_id = i; }
-  inline long GetId() const { return m_id; }
-
-  void SetPen(wxPen *pen);
-  void SetBrush(wxBrush *brush);
-  inline void SetClientData(wxObject *client_data) { m_clientData = client_data; };
-  inline wxObject *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; };
-
-  virtual void Show(bool show);
-  virtual bool IsShown() const { return m_visible; }
-  virtual void Move(wxDC& dc, double x1, double y1, bool display = TRUE);
-  virtual void Erase(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void EraseContents(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void Flash();
-  virtual void MoveLinks(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual void DrawContents(wxDC& dc);  // E.g. for drawing text label
-  virtual void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
-  virtual void SetAttachmentSize(double x, double y);
-  void Attach(wxShapeCanvas *can);
-  void Detach();
-
-  inline virtual bool Constrain() { return FALSE; } ;
-
-  void AddLine(wxLineShape *line, wxShape *other,
-               int attachFrom = 0, int attachTo = 0,
-               // The line ordering
-               int positionFrom = -1, int positionTo = -1);
-
-  // Return the zero-based position in m_lines of line.
-  int GetLinePosition(wxLineShape* line);
-
-  void AddText(const wxString& string);
-
-  inline wxPen *GetPen() const { return m_pen; }
-  inline wxBrush *GetBrush() const { return m_brush; }
-
-  /*
-   * Region-specific functions (defaults to the default region
-   * for simple objects
-   */
-
-  // Set the default, single region size to be consistent
-  // with the object size
-  void SetDefaultRegionSize();
-  virtual void FormatText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& s, int regionId = 0);
-  virtual void SetFormatMode(int mode, int regionId = 0);
-  virtual int GetFormatMode(int regionId = 0) const;
-  virtual void SetFont(wxFont *font, int regionId = 0);
-  virtual wxFont *GetFont(int regionId = 0) const;
-  virtual void SetTextColour(const wxString& colour, int regionId = 0);
-  virtual wxString GetTextColour(int regionId = 0) const;
-  virtual inline int GetNumberOfTextRegions() const { return m_regions.Number(); }
-  virtual void SetRegionName(const wxString& name, int regionId = 0);
-
-  // Get the name representing the region for this image alone.
-  // I.e. this image's region ids go from 0 to N-1.
-  // But the names might be "0.2.0", "0.2.1" etc. depending on position in composite.
-  // So the last digit represents the region Id, the others represent positions
-  // in composites.
-  virtual wxString GetRegionName(int regionId);
-
-  // Gets the region corresponding to the name, or -1 if not found.
-  virtual int GetRegionId(const wxString& name);
-
-  // Construct names for regions, unique even for children of a composite.
-  virtual void NameRegions(const wxString& parentName = "");
-
-  // Get list of regions
-  inline wxList& GetRegions() const { return (wxList&) m_regions; }
-
-  virtual void AddRegion(wxShapeRegion *region);
-
-  virtual void ClearRegions();
-
-  // Assign new ids to this image and children (if composite)
-  void AssignNewIds();
-
-  // Returns actual image (same as 'this' if non-composite) and region id
-  // for given region name.
-  virtual wxShape *FindRegion(const wxString& regionName, int *regionId);
-
-  // Finds all region names for this image (composite or simple).
-  // Supply empty string list.
-  virtual void FindRegionNames(wxStringList& list);
-
-  virtual void ClearText(int regionId = 0);
-  void RemoveLine(wxLineShape *line);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  // I/O
-  virtual void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  virtual void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-
-  // In case the object has constraints it needs to read in in a different pass
-  inline virtual void ReadConstraints(wxExpr *WXUNUSED(clause), wxExprDatabase *WXUNUSED(database)) { };
-  virtual void WriteRegions(wxExpr *clause);
-  virtual void ReadRegions(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  // Attachment code
-  virtual bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-  virtual int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
-  virtual bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment) const;
-
-  // Only get the attachment position at the _edge_ of the shape, ignoring
-  // branching mode. This is used e.g. to indicate the edge of interest, not the point
-  // on the attachment branch.
-  virtual bool GetAttachmentPositionEdge(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-
-  // Assuming the attachment lies along a vertical or horizontal line,
-  // calculate the position on that point.
-  virtual wxRealPoint CalcSimpleAttachment(const wxRealPoint& pt1, const wxRealPoint& pt2,
-    int nth, int noArcs, wxLineShape* line);
-
-  // Returns TRUE if pt1 <= pt2 in the sense that one point comes before another on an
-  // edge of the shape.
-  // attachmentPoint is the attachment point (= side) in question.
-  virtual bool AttachmentSortTest(int attachmentPoint, const wxRealPoint& pt1, const wxRealPoint& pt2);
-
-  virtual void EraseLinks(wxDC& dc, int attachment = -1, bool recurse = FALSE);
-  virtual void DrawLinks(wxDC& dc, int attachment = -1, bool recurse = FALSE);
-
-  virtual bool MoveLineToNewAttachment(wxDC& dc, wxLineShape *to_move,
-                                       double x, double y);
-
-  // Reorders the lines coming into the node image at this attachment
-  // position, in the order in which they appear in linesToSort.
-  virtual void SortLines(int attachment, wxList& linesToSort);
-
-  // Apply an attachment ordering change
-  void ApplyAttachmentOrdering(wxList& ordering);
-
-  // Can override this to prevent or intercept line reordering.
-  virtual void OnChangeAttachment(int attachment, wxLineShape* line, wxList& ordering);
-
-  //// New banching attachment code, 24/9/98
-
-  //
-  //             |________|
-  //                 | <- root
-  //                 | <- neck
-  // shoulder1 ->---------<- shoulder2
-  //             | | | | |<- stem
-  //                      <- branching attachment point N-1
-
-  // This function gets the root point at the given attachment.
-  virtual wxRealPoint GetBranchingAttachmentRoot(int attachment);
-
-  // This function gets information about where branching connections go (calls GetBranchingAttachmentRoot)
-  virtual bool GetBranchingAttachmentInfo(int attachment, wxRealPoint& root, wxRealPoint& neck,
-    wxRealPoint& shoulder1, wxRealPoint& shoulder2);
-
-  // n is the number of the adjoining line, from 0 to N-1 where N is the number of lines
-  // at this attachment point.
-  // attachmentPoint is where the arc meets the stem, and stemPoint is where the stem meets the
-  // shoulder.
-  virtual bool GetBranchingAttachmentPoint(int attachment, int n, wxRealPoint& attachmentPoint,
-    wxRealPoint& stemPoint);
-
-  // Get the number of lines at this attachment position.
-  virtual int GetAttachmentLineCount(int attachment) const;
-
-  // Draw the branches (not the actual arcs though)
-  virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, int attachment, bool erase = FALSE);
-  virtual void OnDrawBranches(wxDC& dc, bool erase = FALSE);
-
-  // Branching attachment settings
-  inline void SetBranchNeckLength(int len) { m_branchNeckLength = len; }
-  inline int GetBranchNeckLength() const { return m_branchNeckLength; }
-
-  inline void SetBranchStemLength(int len) { m_branchStemLength = len; }
-  inline int GetBranchStemLength() const { return m_branchStemLength; }
-
-  inline void SetBranchSpacing(int len) { m_branchSpacing = len; }
-  inline int GetBranchSpacing() const { return m_branchSpacing; }
-
-  // Further detail on branching style, e.g. blobs on interconnections
-  inline void SetBranchStyle(long style) { m_branchStyle = style; }
-  inline long GetBranchStyle() const { return m_branchStyle; }
-
-  // Rotate the standard attachment point from physical (0 is always North)
-  // to logical (0 -> 1 if rotated by 90 degrees)
-  virtual int PhysicalToLogicalAttachment(int physicalAttachment) const;
-
-  // Rotate the standard attachment point from logical
-  // to physical (0 is always North)
-  virtual int LogicalToPhysicalAttachment(int logicalAttachment) const;
-
-  // This is really to distinguish between lines and other images.
-  // For lines, want to pass drag to canvas, since lines tend to prevent
-  // dragging on a canvas (they get in the way.)
-  virtual bool Draggable() const { return TRUE; }
-
-  // Returns TRUE if image is a descendant of this image
-  bool HasDescendant(wxShape *image);
-
-  // Creates a copy of this shape.
-  wxShape *CreateNewCopy(bool resetMapping = TRUE, bool recompute = TRUE);
-
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  virtual void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  // Does the copying for this object, including copying event
-  // handler data if any. Calls the virtual Copy function.
-  void CopyWithHandler(wxShape& copy);
-
-  // Rotate about the given axis by the given amount in radians.
-  virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
-  virtual inline double GetRotation() const { return m_rotation; }
-
-  void ClearAttachments();
-
-  // Recentres all the text regions for this object
-  void Recentre(wxDC& dc);
-
-  // Clears points from a list of wxRealPoints
-  void ClearPointList(wxList& list);
-
- private:
-  wxObject*             m_clientData;
-
- protected:
-  wxShapeEvtHandler*    m_eventHandler;
-  bool                  m_formatted;
-  double                m_xpos, m_ypos;
-  wxPen*                m_pen;
-  wxBrush*              m_brush;
-  wxFont*               m_font;
-  wxColour*             m_textColour;
-  wxString              m_textColourName;
-  wxShapeCanvas*        m_canvas;
-  wxList                m_lines;
-  wxList                m_text;
-  wxList                m_controlPoints;
-  wxList                m_regions;
-  wxList                m_attachmentPoints;
-  bool                  m_visible;
-  bool                  m_disableLabel;
-  long                  m_id;
-  bool                  m_selected;
-  bool                  m_highlighted;      // Different from selected: user-defined highlighting,
-                                            // e.g. thick border.
-  double                m_rotation;
-  int                   m_sensitivity;
-  bool                  m_draggable;
-  int                   m_attachmentMode;   // 0 for no attachments, 1 if using normal attachments,
-                                            // 2 for branching attachments
-  bool                  m_spaceAttachments; // TRUE if lines at one side should be spaced
-  bool                  m_fixedWidth;
-  bool                  m_fixedHeight;
-  bool                  m_centreResize;    // Default is to resize keeping the centre constant (TRUE)
-  bool                  m_drawHandles;     // Don't draw handles if FALSE, usually TRUE
-  wxList                m_children;      // In case it's composite
-  wxShape*              m_parent;      // In case it's a child
-  int                   m_formatMode;
-  int                   m_shadowMode;
-  wxBrush*              m_shadowBrush;
-  int                   m_shadowOffsetX;
-  int                   m_shadowOffsetY;
-  int                   m_textMarginX;    // Gap between text and border
-  int                   m_textMarginY;
-  wxString              m_regionName;
-  bool                  m_maintainAspectRatio;
-  int                   m_branchNeckLength;
-  int                   m_branchStemLength;
-  int                   m_branchSpacing;
-  long                  m_branchStyle;
-};
-
-class wxPolygonShape: public wxShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPolygonShape)
- public:
-  wxPolygonShape();
-  ~wxPolygonShape();
-
-  // Takes a list of wxRealPoints; each point is an OFFSET from the centre.
-  // Deletes user's points in destructor.
-  virtual void Create(wxList *points);
-  virtual void ClearPoints();
-
-  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
-  void CalculateBoundingBox();
-  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                 double x2, double y2,
-                                 double *x3, double *y3);
-  bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
-  void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
-
-  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
-  // to override sizing behaviour.
-  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  // A polygon should have a control point at each vertex,
-  // with the option of moving the control points individually
-  // to change the shape.
-  void MakeControlPoints();
-  void ResetControlPoints();
-
-  // If we've changed the shape, must make the original
-  // points match the working points
-  void UpdateOriginalPoints();
-
-  // Add a control point after the given point
-  virtual void AddPolygonPoint(int pos = 0);
-
-  // Delete a control point
-  virtual void DeletePolygonPoint(int pos = 0);
-
-  // Recalculates the centre of the polygon
-  virtual void CalculatePolygonCentre();
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
-  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-  bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment);
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  inline wxList *GetPoints() { return m_points; }
-
-  // Rotate about the given axis by the given amount in radians
-  virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
-
- private:
-  wxList*       m_points;
-  wxList*       m_originalPoints;
-  double        m_boundWidth;
-  double        m_boundHeight;
-  double        m_originalWidth;
-  double        m_originalHeight;
-};
-
-class wxRectangleShape: public wxShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRectangleShape)
- public:
-  wxRectangleShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
-  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
-  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                 double x2, double y2,
-                                 double *x3, double *y3);
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
-  void SetCornerRadius(double rad); // If > 0, rounded corners
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
-  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-  inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-  inline void SetWidth(double w) { m_width = w; }
-  inline void SetHeight(double h) { m_height = h; }
-
-protected:
-  double m_width;
-  double m_height;
-  double m_cornerRadius;
-};
-
-class wxTextShape: public wxRectangleShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextShape)
- public:
-  wxTextShape(double width = 0.0, double height = 0.0);
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-};
-
-class wxEllipseShape: public wxShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEllipseShape)
- public:
-  wxEllipseShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
-
-  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
-  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                 double x2, double y2,
-                                 double *x3, double *y3);
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void SetSize(double x, double y, bool recursive = TRUE);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
-  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-  inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
-  inline void SetWidth(double w) { m_width = w; }
-  inline void SetHeight(double h) { m_height = h; }
-
-protected:
-  double m_width;
-  double m_height;
-};
-
-class wxCircleShape: public wxEllipseShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCircleShape)
- public:
-  wxCircleShape(double w = 0.0);
-
-  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                 double x2, double y2,
-                                 double *x3, double *y3);
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-};
-
-#endif
- // _OGL_BASIC_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/basicp.h

@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        basicp.h
-// Purpose:     Private OGL classes and definitions
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_BASICP_H_
-#define _OGL_BASICP_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "basicp.h"
-#endif
-
-#define CONTROL_POINT_SIZE       6
-
-class wxShapeTextLine: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeTextLine)
-public:
-   wxShapeTextLine(double the_x = 0.0, double the_y = 0.0, const wxString& the_line = "");
-   ~wxShapeTextLine();
-
-   inline double GetX() const { return m_x; }
-   inline double GetY() const { return m_y; }
-
-   inline void SetX(double x) { m_x = x; }
-   inline void SetY(double y) { m_y = y; }
-
-   inline void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_line = text; }
-   inline wxString GetText() const { return m_line; }
-
-protected:
-   wxString     m_line;
-   double        m_x;
-   double        m_y;
-};
-
-class wxShape;
-class wxControlPoint: public wxRectangleShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControlPoint)
-
- friend class wxShapeEvtHandler;
- friend class wxShape;
-
- public:
-  wxControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0, double the_xoffset = 0.0,
-    double the_yoffset = 0.0, int the_type = 0);
-  ~wxControlPoint();
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
-
-  inline void SetEraseObject(bool er) { m_eraseObject = er; }
-
-public:
-  int           m_type;
-  double         m_xoffset;
-  double         m_yoffset;
-  wxShape*      m_shape;
-  wxCursor*     m_oldCursor;
-  bool          m_eraseObject; // If TRUE, erases object before dragging handle.
-
-/*
- * Store original top-left, bottom-right coordinates
- * in case we're doing non-vertical resizing.
- */
-  static double sm_controlPointDragStartX;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragStartY;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragStartWidth;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragStartHeight;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragEndWidth;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragEndHeight;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragPosX;
-  static double sm_controlPointDragPosY;
-};
-
-class wxPolygonShape;
-class wxPolygonControlPoint: public wxControlPoint
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPolygonControlPoint)
-  friend class wxPolygonShape;
- public:
-  wxPolygonControlPoint(wxShapeCanvas *the_canvas = NULL, wxShape *object = NULL, double size = 0.0, wxRealPoint *vertex = NULL,
-    double the_xoffset = 0.0, double the_yoffset = 0.0);
-  ~wxPolygonControlPoint();
-
-  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  // Calculate what new size would be, at end of resize
-  virtual void CalculateNewSize(double x, double y);
-
-  // Get new size
-  inline wxRealPoint GetNewSize() const { return m_newSize; };
-
-public:
-  wxRealPoint*      m_polygonVertex;
-  wxRealPoint       m_originalSize;
-  double             m_originalDistance;
-  wxRealPoint       m_newSize;
-};
-
-/*
- * Object regions.
- * Every shape has one or more text regions with various
- * properties. Not all of a region's properties will be used
- * by a shape.
- *
- */
-
-class wxShapeRegion: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeRegion)
-
- public:
-  // Constructor
-  wxShapeRegion();
-  // Copy constructor
-  wxShapeRegion(wxShapeRegion& region);
-  // Destructor
-  ~wxShapeRegion();
-
-  // Accessors
-  inline void SetText(const wxString& s) { m_regionText = s; }
-  void SetFont(wxFont *f);
-  void SetMinSize(double w, double h);
-  void SetSize(double w, double h);
-  void SetPosition(double x, double y);
-  void SetProportions(double x, double y);
-  void SetFormatMode(int mode);
-  inline void SetName(const wxString& s) { m_regionName = s; };
-  void SetColour(const wxString& col); // Text colour
-
-  inline wxString GetText() const { return m_regionText; }
-  inline wxFont *GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-  inline void GetMinSize(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_minWidth; *y = m_minHeight; }
-  inline void GetProportion(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_regionProportionX; *y = m_regionProportionY; }
-  inline void GetSize(double *x, double *y) const { *x = m_width; *y = m_height; }
-  inline void GetPosition(double *xp, double *yp) const { *xp = m_x; *yp = m_y; }
-  inline int GetFormatMode() const { return m_formatMode; }
-  inline wxString GetName() const { return m_regionName; }
-  inline wxString GetColour() const { return m_textColour; }
-  wxColour *GetActualColourObject();
-  inline wxList& GetFormattedText() { return m_formattedText; }
-  inline wxString GetPenColour() const { return m_penColour; }
-  inline int GetPenStyle() const { return m_penStyle; }
-  inline void SetPenStyle(int style) { m_penStyle = style; m_actualPenObject = NULL; }
-  void SetPenColour(const wxString& col);
-  wxPen *GetActualPen();
-  inline double GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-  inline double GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
-  void ClearText();
-
-public:
-  wxString              m_regionText;
-  wxList                m_formattedText;   // List of wxShapeTextLines
-  wxFont*               m_font;
-  double                 m_minHeight;        // If zero, hide region.
-  double                 m_minWidth;        // If zero, hide region.
-  double                 m_width;
-  double                 m_height;
-  double                 m_x;
-  double                 m_y;
-
-  double                 m_regionProportionX; // Proportion of total object size;
-                                             // -1.0 indicates equal proportion
-  double                 m_regionProportionY; // Proportion of total object size;
-                                             // -1.0 indicates equal proportion
-
-  int                   m_formatMode;        // FORMAT_CENTRE_HORIZ | FORMAT_CENTRE_VERT | FORMAT_NONE
-  wxString              m_regionName;
-  wxString              m_textColour;
-  wxColour*             m_actualColourObject; // For speed purposes
-
-  // New members for specifying divided rectangle division colour/style 30/6/94
-  wxString              m_penColour;
-  int                   m_penStyle;
-  wxPen*                m_actualPenObject;
-
-};
-
-/*
- * User-defined attachment point
- */
-
-class wxAttachmentPoint: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAttachmentPoint)
-
-public:
-  inline wxAttachmentPoint()
-  {
-    m_id = 0; m_x = 0.0; m_y = 0.0;
-  }
-  inline wxAttachmentPoint(int id, double x, double y)
-  {
-    m_id = id; m_x = x; m_y = y;
-  }
-
-public:
-  int            m_id;           // Identifier
-  double         m_x;            // x offset from centre of object
-  double         m_y;            // y offset from centre of object
-};
-
-#endif
-  // _OGL_BASICP_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/bmpshape.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        bmpshape.h
-// Purpose:     wxBitmapShape
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_BITMAP_H_
-#define _OGL_BITMAP_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "bmpshape.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
-
-class wxBitmapShape: public wxRectangleShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapShape)
- public:
-  wxBitmapShape();
-  ~wxBitmapShape();
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  // I/O
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
-  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_bitmap; }
-  void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bm);
-  inline void SetFilename(const wxString& f) { m_filename = f; };
-  inline wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
-
-private:
-  wxBitmap      m_bitmap;
-  wxString      m_filename;
-};
-
-#endif
-  // _OGL_BITMAP_H_
-
-

contrib/include/wx/ogl/canvas.h

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        canvas.h
-// Purpose:     wxShapeCanvas
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_CANVAS_H_
-#define _OGL_CANVAS_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "canvas.h"
-#endif
-
-// Drag states
-#define NoDragging             0
-#define StartDraggingLeft      1
-#define ContinueDraggingLeft   2
-#define StartDraggingRight     3
-#define ContinueDraggingRight  4
-
-// When drag_count reaches 0, process drag message
-
-class wxDiagram;
-
-class wxShapeCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxShapeCanvas)
- public:
-  wxShapeCanvas(wxWindow *parent = NULL, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-               long style = wxBORDER | wxRETAINED);
-  ~wxShapeCanvas();
-
-  inline void SetDiagram(wxDiagram *diag) { m_shapeDiagram = diag; }
-  inline wxDiagram *GetDiagram() const { return m_shapeDiagram; }
-
-  virtual void OnLeftClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0);
-  virtual void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0);
-
-  virtual void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0);
-  virtual void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0);
-
-  virtual void OnDragRight(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0); // Erase if draw false
-  virtual void OnBeginDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0);
-  virtual void OnEndDragRight(double x, double y, int keys=0);
-
-  // Find object for mouse click, of given wxClassInfo (NULL for any type).
-  // If notImage is non-NULL, don't find an object that is equal to or a descendant of notImage
-  virtual wxShape *FindShape(double x, double y, int *attachment, wxClassInfo *info = NULL, wxShape *notImage = NULL);
-  wxShape *FindFirstSensitiveShape(double x, double y, int *new_attachment, int op);
-  wxShape *FindFirstSensitiveShape1(wxShape *image, int op);
-  
-  // Redirect to wxDiagram object
-  virtual void AddShape(wxShape *object, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
-  virtual void InsertShape(wxShape *object);
-  virtual void RemoveShape(wxShape *object);
-  virtual bool GetQuickEditMode();
-  virtual void Redraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void Snap(double *x, double *y);
-
-  // Events
-  void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-  void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- protected:
-  wxDiagram*        m_shapeDiagram;
-  int               m_dragState;
-  double             m_oldDragX, m_oldDragY;     // Previous drag coordinates
-  double             m_firstDragX, m_firstDragY; // INITIAL drag coordinates
-  bool              m_checkTolerance;           // Whether to check drag tolerance
-  wxShape*          m_draggedShape;
-  int               m_draggedAttachment;
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
- // _OGL_CANVAS_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/composit.h

@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        composit.h
-// Purpose:     wxCompositeShape
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_
-#define _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "composit.h"
-#endif
-
-class wxDivisionShape;
-class wxOGLConstraint;
-
-/*
- * A composite object is an invisible rectangle surrounding all children
- *
- */
-
-class wxCompositeShape: public wxRectangleShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCompositeShape)
-public:
-
-  wxCompositeShape();
-  ~wxCompositeShape();
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
-  bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double oldX, double oldY, bool display = TRUE);
-  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-
-  void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-
-  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
-
-  // Returns TRUE if it settled down
-  bool Recompute();
-
-  // New members
-  void AddChild(wxShape *child, wxShape *addAfter = NULL);
-  void RemoveChild(wxShape *child);
-
-  wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(wxOGLConstraint *constraint);
-  wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxList& constrained);
-  wxOGLConstraint *AddConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxShape *constrained);
-
-  void DeleteConstraint(wxOGLConstraint *constraint);
-
-  // Delete constraints that involve this child.
-  void DeleteConstraintsInvolvingChild(wxShape *child);
-
-  // Remove the image from any constraints involving it, but DON'T
-  // remove any constraints.
-  void RemoveChildFromConstraints(wxShape *child);
-
-  // Find constraint, also returning actual composite the constraint was in,
-  // in case it had to find it recursively.
-  wxOGLConstraint *FindConstraint(long id, wxCompositeShape **actualComposite = NULL);
-
-  // Returns TRUE if something changed
-  bool Constrain();
-
-  // Make this composite into a container by creating one wxDivisionShape
-  void MakeContainer();
-
-  // Calculates size and position of composite object based on children
-  void CalculateSize();
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  // In case the object has constraints it needs to read in in a different pass
-  void ReadConstraints(wxExpr *clause, wxExprDatabase *database);
-#endif
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  virtual wxDivisionShape *OnCreateDivision();
-
-  // Finds the image used to visualize a container. This is any child
-  // of the composite that is not in the divisions list.
-  wxShape *FindContainerImage();
-
-  // Returns TRUE if division is a descendant of this container
-  bool ContainsDivision(wxDivisionShape *division);
-
-  inline wxList& GetDivisions() const { return (wxList&) m_divisions; }
-  inline wxList& GetConstraints() const { return (wxList&) m_constraints; }
-
-protected:
-  double             m_oldX;
-  double             m_oldY;
-  wxList            m_constraints;
-  wxList            m_divisions; // In case it's a container
-};
-
-/*
- * A division object is a composite with special properties,
- * to be used for containment. It's a subdivision of a container.
- * A containing node image consists of a composite with a main child shape
- * such as rounded rectangle, plus a list of division objects.
- * It needs to be a composite because a division contains pieces
- * of diagram.
- * NOTE a container has at least one wxDivisionShape for consistency.
- * This can be subdivided, so it turns into two objects, then each of
- * these can be subdivided, etc.
- */
-#define DIVISION_SIDE_NONE      0
-#define DIVISION_SIDE_LEFT      1
-#define DIVISION_SIDE_TOP       2
-#define DIVISION_SIDE_RIGHT     3
-#define DIVISION_SIDE_BOTTOM    4
-
-class wxDivisionShape: public wxCompositeShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDivisionShape)
- public:
-
-  wxDivisionShape();
-  ~wxDivisionShape();
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-  bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double oldX, double oldY, bool display = TRUE);
-  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys, int attachment = 0);
-
-  void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  // Don't want this kind of composite to resize its subdiagrams, so
-  // override composite's SetSize.
-  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
-
-  // Similarly for calculating size: it's fixed at whatever SetSize
-  // set it to, not in terms of children.
-  void CalculateSize();
-
-  void MakeControlPoints();
-  void ResetControlPoints();
-  void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
-  void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  // Divide horizontally (wxHORIZONTAL) or vertically (wxVERTICAL)
-  bool Divide(int direction);
-
-  // Resize adjoining divisions at the given side. If test is TRUE,
-  // just see whether it's possible for each adjoining region,
-  // returning FALSE if it's not.
-  bool ResizeAdjoining(int side, double newPos, bool test);
-
-  // Adjust a side, returning FALSE if it's not physically possible.
-  bool AdjustLeft(double left, bool test);
-  bool AdjustTop(double top, bool test);
-  bool AdjustRight(double right, bool test);
-  bool AdjustBottom(double bottom, bool test);
-
-  // Edit style of left or top side
-  void EditEdge(int side);
-
-  // Popup menu
-  void PopupMenu(double x, double y);
-
-  inline void SetLeftSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_leftSide = shape; }
-  inline void SetTopSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_topSide = shape; }
-  inline void SetRightSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_rightSide = shape; }
-  inline void SetBottomSide(wxDivisionShape *shape) { m_bottomSide = shape; }
-  inline wxDivisionShape *GetLeftSide() const { return m_leftSide; }
-  inline wxDivisionShape *GetTopSide() const { return m_topSide; }
-  inline wxDivisionShape *GetRightSide() const { return m_rightSide; }
-  inline wxDivisionShape *GetBottomSide() const { return m_bottomSide; }
-
-  inline void SetHandleSide(int side) { m_handleSide = side; }
-  inline int GetHandleSide() const { return m_handleSide; }
-
-  inline void SetLeftSidePen(wxPen *pen) { m_leftSidePen = pen; }
-  inline wxPen *GetLeftSidePen() const { return m_leftSidePen; }
-  inline void SetTopSidePen(wxPen *pen) { m_topSidePen = pen; }
-  inline wxPen *GetTopSidePen() const { return m_topSidePen; }
-
-  void SetLeftSideColour(const wxString& colour);
-  void SetTopSideColour(const wxString& colour);
-  void SetLeftSideStyle(const wxString& style);
-  void SetTopSideStyle(const wxString& style);
-
-  inline wxString GetLeftSideColour() const { return m_leftSideColour; }
-  inline wxString GetTopSideColour() const { return m_topSideColour; }
-  inline wxString GetLeftSideStyle() const { return m_leftSideStyle; }
-  inline wxString GetTopSideStyle() const { return m_topSideStyle; }
-
- protected:
-  // Adjoining divisions. NULL indicates edge
-  // of container, and that side shouldn't be
-  // drawn.
-  wxDivisionShape*      m_leftSide;
-  wxDivisionShape*      m_rightSide;
-  wxDivisionShape*      m_topSide;
-  wxDivisionShape*      m_bottomSide;
-
-  int                   m_handleSide;       // Side at which handle is legal
-
-  wxPen*                m_leftSidePen;
-  wxPen*                m_topSidePen;
-  wxString              m_leftSideColour;
-  wxString              m_topSideColour;
-  wxString              m_leftSideStyle;
-  wxString              m_topSideStyle;
-};
-
-
-#define DIVISION_MENU_SPLIT_HORIZONTALLY    1
-#define DIVISION_MENU_SPLIT_VERTICALLY      2
-#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_LEFT_EDGE        3
-#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_TOP_EDGE         4
-#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_RIGHT_EDGE       5
-#define DIVISION_MENU_EDIT_BOTTOM_EDGE      6
-#define DIVISION_MENU_DELETE_ALL            7
-
-#endif
- // _OGL_COMPOSIT_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/constrnt.h

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        constrnt.h
-// Purpose:     OGL constraint definitions
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_
-#define _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "constrnt.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * OGL Constraints
- *
- */
-
-class wxOGLConstraintType: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOGLConstraintType)
-public:
-  wxOGLConstraintType(int type = 0, const wxString& name = "", const wxString& phrase = "");
-  ~wxOGLConstraintType();
-
-public:
-  int           m_type;     // E.g. gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_VERTICALLY
-  wxString      m_name;     // E.g. "Centre vertically"
-  wxString      m_phrase;   // E.g. "centred vertically with respect to", "left of"
-
-};
-
-extern wxList* wxOGLConstraintTypes;
-
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_VERTICALLY   1
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_HORIZONTALLY 2
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_CENTRED_BOTH         3
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_LEFT_OF              4
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_RIGHT_OF             5
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_ABOVE                6
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_BELOW                7
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_TOP          8
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_BOTTOM       9
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_LEFT         10
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_ALIGNED_RIGHT        11
-
-// Like aligned, but with the objects centred on the respective edge
-// of the reference object.
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_TOP       12
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_BOTTOM    13
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_LEFT      14
-#define gyCONSTRAINT_MIDALIGNED_RIGHT     15
-
-class wxOGLConstraint: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOGLConstraint)
- public:
-  wxOGLConstraint() { m_xSpacing = 0.0; m_ySpacing = 0.0; m_constraintType = 0; m_constraintName = ""; m_constraintId = 0;
-                        m_constrainingObject = NULL; }
-  wxOGLConstraint(int type, wxShape *constraining, wxList& constrained);
-  ~wxOGLConstraint();
-
-  // Returns TRUE if anything changed
-  bool Evaluate();
-  inline void SetSpacing(double x, double y) { m_xSpacing = x; m_ySpacing = y; };
-  bool Equals(double a, double b);
-
-  double         m_xSpacing;
-  double         m_ySpacing;
-  int           m_constraintType;
-  wxString      m_constraintName;
-  long          m_constraintId;
-  wxShape*      m_constrainingObject;
-  wxList        m_constrainedObjects;
-
-};
-
-void OGLInitializeConstraintTypes();
-void OGLCleanUpConstraintTypes();
-
-#endif
- // _OGL_CONSTRNT_H_

contrib/include/wx/ogl/divided.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        divided.h
-// Purpose:     wxDividedShape
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
-#define _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "basic.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Definition of a region
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Box divided into horizontal regions
- *
- */
-
-extern wxFont *g_oglNormalFont;
-class wxDividedShape: public wxRectangleShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDividedShape)
-
- public:
-  wxDividedShape(double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
-  ~wxDividedShape();
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-
-  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
-
-  void MakeControlPoints();
-  void ResetControlPoints();
-
-  void MakeMandatoryControlPoints();
-  void ResetMandatoryControlPoints();
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  void Copy(wxShape &copy);
-
-  // Set all region sizes according to proportions and
-  // this object total size
-  void SetRegionSizes();
-
-  // Edit region colours/styles
-  void EditRegions();
-
-  // Attachment points correspond to regions in the divided box
-  bool GetAttachmentPosition(int attachment, double *x, double *y,
-                                     int nth = 0, int no_arcs = 1, wxLineShape *line = NULL);
-  bool AttachmentIsValid(int attachment);
-  int GetNumberOfAttachments() const;
-
-  // Invoke editor on CTRL-right click
-  void OnRightClick(double x, double y, int keys = 0, int attachment = 0);
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _OGL_DIVIDED_H_
-

contrib/include/wx/ogl/drawn.h

@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        drawn.h
-// Purpose:     wxDrawnShape
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_DRAWN_H_
-#define _OGL_DRAWN_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "drawn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <wx/ogl/basic.h>
-
-#define oglMETAFLAGS_OUTLINE         1
-#define oglMETAFLAGS_ATTACHMENTS     2
-
-class wxDrawnShape;
-class wxPseudoMetaFile: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPseudoMetaFile)
- public:
-  wxPseudoMetaFile();
-  wxPseudoMetaFile(wxPseudoMetaFile& mf);
-  ~wxPseudoMetaFile();
-
-  void Draw(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause, int whichAngle);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause, int whichAngle);
-#endif
-
-  void Clear();
-
-  void Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile& copy);
-
-  void Scale(double sx, double sy);
-  void ScaleTo(double w, double h); // Scale to fit size
-  void Translate(double x, double y);
-
-  // Rotate about the given axis by theta radians from the x axis.
-  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
-
-  bool LoadFromMetaFile(char *filename, double *width, double *height);
-
-  void GetBounds(double *minX, double *minY, double *maxX, double *maxY);
-
-  // Calculate size from current operations
-  void CalculateSize(wxDrawnShape* shape);
-
-  inline wxList& GetOutlineColours() const { return (wxList&) m_outlineColours; }
-  inline wxList& GetFillColours() const { return (wxList&) m_fillColours; }
-  inline void SetRotateable(bool rot) { m_rotateable = rot; }
-  inline bool GetRotateable() const { return m_rotateable; }
-
-  inline void SetSize(double w, double h) { m_width = w; m_height = h; }
-
-  inline void SetFillBrush(wxBrush* brush) { m_fillBrush = brush; }
-  inline wxBrush* GetFillBrush() const { return m_fillBrush; }
-
-  inline void SetOutlinePen(wxPen* pen) { m_outlinePen = pen; }
-  inline wxPen* GetOutlinePen() const { return m_outlinePen; }
-
-  inline void SetOutlineOp(int op) { m_outlineOp = op; }
-  inline int GetOutlineOp() const { return m_outlineOp; }
-
-  inline wxList& GetOps() const { return (wxList&) m_ops; }
-
-  // Is this a valid (non-empty) metafile?
-  inline bool IsValid() const { return (m_ops.Number() > 0); }
-
-public:
-  /// Set of functions for drawing into a pseudo metafile.
-  /// They use integers, but doubles are used internally for accuracy
-  /// when scaling.
-
-  virtual void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2);
-  virtual void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect);
-  virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius);
-  virtual void DrawArc(const wxPoint& centrePt, const wxPoint& startPt, const wxPoint& endPt);
-  virtual void DrawEllipticArc(const wxRect& rect, double startAngle, double endAngle);
-  virtual void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect);
-  virtual void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-  virtual void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt);
-  virtual void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
-  // flags:
-  // oglMETAFLAGS_OUTLINE: will be used for drawing the outline and
-  //                       also drawing lines/arrows at the circumference.
-  // oglMETAFLAGS_ATTACHMENTS: will be used for initialising attachment points at
-  //                       the vertices (perhaps a rare case...)
-  virtual void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint pts[], int flags = 0);
-  virtual void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
-
-  virtual void SetClippingRect(const wxRect& rect);
-  virtual void DestroyClippingRect();
-
-  virtual void SetPen(wxPen* pen, bool isOutline = FALSE);     // TODO: eventually, just store GDI object attributes, not actual
-  virtual void SetBrush(wxBrush* brush, bool isFill = FALSE);  // pens/brushes etc.
-  virtual void SetFont(wxFont* font);
-  virtual void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
-  virtual void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-  virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
-
-public:
-  bool              m_rotateable;
-  double            m_width;
-  double            m_height;
-  wxList            m_ops; // List of drawing operations (see drawnp.h)
-  wxList            m_gdiObjects; // List of pens, brushes and fonts for this object.
-  int               m_outlineOp;  // The op representing the outline, if any
-
-  // Pen/brush specifying outline/fill colours
-  // to override operations.
-  wxPen*            m_outlinePen;
-  wxBrush*          m_fillBrush;
-  wxList            m_outlineColours; // List of the GDI operations that comprise the outline
-  wxList            m_fillColours; // List of the GDI operations that fill the shape
-  double             m_currentRotation;
-};
-
-#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_0        0
-#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_90       1
-#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_180      2
-#define oglDRAWN_ANGLE_270      3
-
-class wxDrawnShape: public wxRectangleShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDrawnShape)
- public:
-  wxDrawnShape();
-  ~wxDrawnShape();
-
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  // I/O
-  void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  void Scale(double sx, double sy);
-  void Translate(double x, double y);
-  // Rotate about the given axis by theta radians from the x axis.
-  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta);
-
-  // Get current rotation
-  inline double GetRotation() const { return m_rotation; }
-
-  void SetSize(double w, double h, bool recursive = TRUE);
-  bool LoadFromMetaFile(char *filename);
-
-  inline void SetSaveToFile(bool save) { m_saveToFile = save; }
-  inline wxPseudoMetaFile& GetMetaFile(int which = 0) const { return (wxPseudoMetaFile&) m_metafiles[which]; }
-
-  void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
-
-  // Get the perimeter point using the special outline op, if there is one,
-  // otherwise use default wxRectangleShape scheme
-  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                     double x2, double y2,
-                                     double *x3, double *y3);
-
-  /// Set of functions for drawing into a pseudo metafile.
-  /// They use integers, but doubles are used internally for accuracy
-  /// when scaling.
-
-  virtual void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2);
-  virtual void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect);
-  virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius);
-  virtual void DrawArc(const wxPoint& centrePt, const wxPoint& startPt, const wxPoint& endPt);
-  virtual void DrawEllipticArc(const wxRect& rect, double startAngle, double endAngle);
-  virtual void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect);
-  virtual void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-  virtual void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt);
-  virtual void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
-  virtual void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint pts[], int flags = 0);
-  virtual void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint pts[]);
-
-  virtual void SetClippingRect(const wxRect& rect);
-  virtual void DestroyClippingRect();
-
-  virtual void SetDrawnPen(wxPen* pen, bool isOutline = FALSE);     // TODO: eventually, just store GDI object attributes, not actual
-  virtual void SetDrawnBrush(wxBrush* brush, bool isFill = FALSE);  // pens/brushes etc.
-  virtual void SetDrawnFont(wxFont* font);
-  virtual void SetDrawnTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
-  virtual void SetDrawnBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-  virtual void SetDrawnBackgroundMode(int mode);
-
-  // Set the width/height according to the shapes in the metafile.
-  // Call this after drawing into the shape.
-  inline void CalculateSize() { m_metafiles[m_currentAngle].CalculateSize(this); }
-
-  inline void DrawAtAngle(int angle) { m_currentAngle = angle; };
-
-  inline int GetAngle() const { return m_currentAngle; }
-
-// Implementation
-protected:
-  // Which metafile do we use now? Based on current rotation and validity
-  // of metafiles.
-  int DetermineMetaFile(double rotation);
-
-private:
-  // One metafile for each 90 degree rotation (or just a single one).
-  wxPseudoMetaFile      m_metafiles[4];
-
-  // Don't save all wxDrawnShape metafiles to file: sometimes
-  // we take the metafile data from a symbol library.
-  bool                  m_saveToFile;
-
-  // Which angle are we using/drawing into?
-  int                   m_currentAngle;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _DRAWN_H_
-

contrib/include/wx/ogl/drawnp.h

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        drawnp.h
-// Purpose:     Private header for wxDrawnShape
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
-#define _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "drawnp.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <wx/ogl/drawn.h>
-
-/*
- * Drawing operations
- *
- */
- 
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_PEN             1
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_BRUSH           2
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_FONT            3
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_TEXT_COLOUR     4
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_BK_COLOUR       5
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_BK_MODE         6
-#define  DRAWOP_SET_CLIPPING_RECT   7
-#define  DRAWOP_DESTROY_CLIPPING_RECT 8
-
-/*
-#define  DRAWOP_CREATE_PEN          10
-#define  DRAWOP_CREATE_BRUSH        11
-#define  DRAWOP_CREATE_FONT         12
-*/
-
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_LINE           20
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_POLYLINE       21
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_POLYGON        22
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_RECT           23
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ROUNDED_RECT   24
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ELLIPSE        25
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_POINT          26
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ARC            27
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_TEXT           28
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_SPLINE         29
-#define  DRAWOP_DRAW_ELLIPTIC_ARC   30
-
-/*
- * Base, virtual class
- *
- */
- 
-class wxDrawOp: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-  inline wxDrawOp(int theOp) { m_op = theOp; }
-  inline ~wxDrawOp() {}
-  inline virtual void Scale(double xScale, double yScale) {};
-  inline virtual void Translate(double x, double y) {};
-  inline virtual void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta) {};
-  virtual void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset) = 0;
-  virtual wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage) = 0;
-  virtual wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image) = 0;
-  virtual void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr) = 0;
-
-  inline int GetOp() const { return m_op; }
-
-  // Draw an outline using the current operation. By default, return FALSE (not drawn)
-  virtual bool OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h,
-    double oldW, double oldH) { return FALSE; }
-
-  // Get the perimeter point using this data
-  virtual bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                     double x2, double y2,
-                                     double *x3, double *y3,
-                                     double xOffset, double yOffset,
-                                     int attachmentMode)
-  { return FALSE; }
-
-protected:
-  int           m_op;
-
-};
-
-/*
- * Set font, brush, text colour
- *
- */
- 
-class wxOpSetGDI: public wxDrawOp
-{
- public:
-  wxOpSetGDI(int theOp, wxPseudoMetaFile *theImage, int theGdiIndex, int theMode = 0);
-  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
-  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
-  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
-
-public:
-  int               m_mode;
-  int               m_gdiIndex;
-  wxPseudoMetaFile* m_image;
-  unsigned char     m_r;
-  unsigned char     m_g;
-  unsigned char     m_b;
-};
-
-/*
- * Set/destroy clipping
- *
- */
- 
-class wxOpSetClipping: public wxDrawOp
-{
-public:
-  wxOpSetClipping(int theOp, double theX1, double theY1, double theX2, double theY2);
-  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-  void Scale(double xScale, double yScale);
-  void Translate(double x, double y);
-  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
-  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
-  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
-
-public:
-  double     m_x1;
-  double     m_y1;
-  double     m_x2;
-  double     m_y2;
-};
-
-/*
- * Draw line, rectangle, rounded rectangle, ellipse, point, arc, text
- *
- */
- 
-class wxOpDraw: public wxDrawOp
-{
- public:
-  wxOpDraw(int theOp, double theX1, double theY1, double theX2, double theY2,
-         double radius = 0.0, char *s = NULL);
-  ~wxOpDraw();
-  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-  void Scale(double scaleX, double scaleY);
-  void Translate(double x, double y);
-  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta);
-  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
-  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
-  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
-
-public:
-  double     m_x1;
-  double     m_y1;
-  double     m_x2;
-  double     m_y2;
-  double     m_x3;
-  double     m_y3;
-  double     m_radius;
-  char*     m_textString;
-
-};
-
-/*
- * Draw polyline, spline, polygon
- *
- */
-
-class wxOpPolyDraw: public wxDrawOp
-{
-public:
-  wxOpPolyDraw(int theOp, int n, wxRealPoint *thePoints);
-  ~wxOpPolyDraw();
-  void Do(wxDC& dc, double xoffset, double yoffset);
-  void Scale(double scaleX, double scaleY);
-  void Translate(double x, double y);
-  void Rotate(double x, double y, double theta, double sinTheta, double cosTheta);
-  wxDrawOp *Copy(wxPseudoMetaFile *newImage);
-  wxExpr *WriteExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image);
-  void ReadExpr(wxPseudoMetaFile *image, wxExpr *expr);
-
-  // Draw an outline using the current operation.
-  virtual bool OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h,
-    double oldW, double oldH);
-
-  // Get the perimeter point using this data
-  bool GetPerimeterPoint(double x1, double y1,
-                                     double x2, double y2,
-                                     double *x3, double *y3,
-                                     double xOffset, double yOffset,
-                                     int attachmentMode);
-
-public:
-  wxRealPoint*  m_points;
-  int           m_noPoints;
-  
-};
-
-#endif
- // _OGL_DRAWNP_H_
-
-

contrib/include/wx/ogl/lines.h

@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        lines.h
-// Purpose:     wxLineShape
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _OGL_LINES_H_
-#define _OGL_LINES_H_
-
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma interface "lines.h"
-#endif
-
-class wxLabelShape;
-class wxPseudoMetaFile;
-class wxLineControlPoint;
-/*
- * Arcs with multiple arrowheads
- *
- */
-
-// Types of arrowhead
-// (i) Built-in
-#define ARROW_HOLLOW_CIRCLE   1
-#define ARROW_FILLED_CIRCLE   2
-#define ARROW_ARROW           3
-#define ARROW_SINGLE_OBLIQUE  4
-#define ARROW_DOUBLE_OBLIQUE  5
-// (ii) Custom
-#define ARROW_METAFILE        20
-
-// Position of arrow on line
-#define ARROW_POSITION_START  0
-#define ARROW_POSITION_END    1
-#define ARROW_POSITION_MIDDLE 2
-
-// Line alignment flags
-// Vertical by default
-#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_HORIZ              1
-#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_VERT               0
-#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_TO_NEXT_HANDLE     2
-#define LINE_ALIGNMENT_NONE               0
-
-class wxArrowHead: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArrowHead)
-
- public:
-  wxArrowHead(WXTYPE type = 0, int end = 0, double size = 0.0, double dist = 0.0, const wxString& name = "", wxPseudoMetaFile *mf = NULL,
-            long arrowId = -1);
-  ~wxArrowHead();
-  wxArrowHead(wxArrowHead& toCopy);
-
-  inline WXTYPE _GetType() const { return m_arrowType; }
-  inline int GetPosition() const { return m_arrowEnd; }
-  inline void SetPosition(int pos) { m_arrowEnd = pos; }
-  inline double GetXOffset() const { return m_xOffset; }
-  inline double GetYOffset() const { return m_yOffset; }
-  inline double GetSpacing() const { return m_spacing; }
-  inline double GetSize() const { return m_arrowSize; }
-  inline wxString GetName() const { return m_arrowName; }
-  inline void SetXOffset(double x) { m_xOffset = x; }
-  inline void SetYOffset(double y) { m_yOffset = y; }
-  inline wxPseudoMetaFile *GetMetaFile() const { return m_metaFile; }
-  inline long GetId() const { return m_id; }
-  inline int GetArrowEnd() const { return m_arrowEnd; }
-  inline double GetArrowSize() const { return m_arrowSize; }
-  void SetSize(double size);
-  inline void SetSpacing(double sp) { m_spacing = sp; }
-
- protected:
-  WXTYPE            m_arrowType;
-  int               m_arrowEnd;         // Position on line
-  double             m_xOffset;          // Distance from arc start or end, w.r.t. point on arrowhead
-                                        // nearest start or end. If zero, use default spacing.
-  double             m_yOffset;          // vertical offset (w.r.t. a horizontal line). Normally zero.
-  double             m_spacing;          // Spacing from the last arrowhead
-  double             m_arrowSize;        // Length of arrowhead
-  wxString          m_arrowName;        // Name of arrow
-  bool              m_saveToFile;       // TRUE if we want to save custom arrowheads to file.
-  wxPseudoMetaFile* m_metaFile;         // Pseudo metafile if this is a custom arrowhead
-  long              m_id;               // identifier
-};
-
-// Line object
-class wxLabelShape;
-class wxLineShape: public wxShape
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLineShape)
-
- public:
-  wxLineShape();
-  ~wxLineShape();
-
-  // Called when a connected object has moved, to move the link to
-  // correct position
-  // moveControlPoints must be disabled when a control point is being
-  // dragged.
-  void OnMoveLink(wxDC& dc, bool moveControlPoints = TRUE);
-  bool OnMovePre(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display = TRUE);
-  void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawContents(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnDrawControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnEraseControlPoints(wxDC& dc);
-  void OnErase(wxDC& dc);
-  virtual bool OnMoveControlPoint(int WXUNUSED(which), double WXUNUSED(x), double WXUNUSED(y)) { return FALSE; }
-  virtual bool OnMoveMiddleControlPoint(wxDC& dc, wxLineControlPoint* lpt, const wxRealPoint& pt);
-  virtual bool OnLabelMovePre(wxDC& dc, wxLabelShape* labelShape, double x, double y, double old_x, double old_y, bool display);
-  void OnDrawOutline(wxDC& dc, double x, double y, double w, double h);
-  void GetBoundingBoxMin(double *w, double *h);
-  void FormatText(wxDC& dc, const wxString& s, int regionId = 0);
-  virtual void SetEnds(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2);
-  virtual void GetEnds(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2);
-  inline virtual wxShape *GetFrom() { return m_from; }
-  inline virtual wxShape *GetTo() { return m_to; }
-  inline virtual int GetAttachmentFrom() { return m_attachmentFrom; }
-  inline virtual int GetAttachmentTo() { return m_attachmentTo; }
-
-  virtual void SetFrom(wxShape *object);
-  virtual void SetTo(wxShape *object);
-  virtual void DrawArrows(wxDC& dc);
-
-  // Finds the x, y points at the two ends of the line.
-  // This function can be used by e.g. line-routing routines to
-  // get the actual points on the two node images where the lines will be drawn
-  // to/from.
-  void FindLineEndPoints(double *fromX, double *fromY, double *toX, double *toY);
-
-  // Format one region at this position
-  void DrawRegion(wxDC& dc, wxShapeRegion *region, double x, double y);
-
-  // Erase one region at this position
-  void EraseRegion(wxDC& dc, wxShapeRegion *region, double x, double y);
-
-  // Get the reference point for a label. Region x and y
-  // are offsets from this.
-  // position is 0 (middle), 1 (start), 2 (end)
-  void GetLabelPosition(int position, double *x, double *y);
-
-  // Can override this to create a different class of label shape
-  virtual wxLabelShape* OnCreateLabelShape(wxLineShape *parent = NULL, wxShapeRegion *region = NULL, double w = 0.0, double h = 0.0);
-
-  // Straighten verticals and horizontals
-  virtual void Straighten(wxDC* dc = NULL);
-
-  // Not implemented
-  inline void SetMaintainStraightLines(bool flag) { m_maintainStraightLines = flag; }
-  inline bool GetMaintainStraightLines() const { return m_maintainStraightLines; }
-
-  // Make handle control points
-  void MakeControlPoints();
-  void ResetControlPoints();
-
-  // Make a given number of control points
-  virtual void MakeLineControlPoints(int n);
-  virtual wxNode *InsertLineControlPoint(wxDC* dc);
-  virtual bool DeleteLineControlPoint();
-  virtual void Initialise();
-  inline wxList *GetLineControlPoints() { return m_lineControlPoints; }
-
-  // Override dragging behaviour - don't want to be able to drag lines!
-  void OnDragLeft(bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnBeginDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  void OnEndDragLeft(double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  // Control points ('handles') redirect control to the actual shape, to make it easier
-  // to override sizing behaviour.
-  virtual void OnSizingDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, bool draw, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSizingBeginDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-  virtual void OnSizingEndDragLeft(wxControlPoint* pt, double x, double y, int keys=0, int attachment = 0);
-
-  // Override select, to create/delete temporary label-moving objects
-  void Select(bool select = TRUE, wxDC* dc = NULL);
-
-  // Set to spline (TRUE) or line (FALSE)
-  inline void SetSpline(bool spl) { m_isSpline = spl; }
-  inline bool IsSpline() const { return m_isSpline; }
-
-  void Unlink();
-  void SetAttachments(int from_attach, int to_attach);
-  inline void SetAttachmentFrom(int attach) { m_attachmentFrom = attach; }
-  inline void SetAttachmentTo(int attach) { m_attachmentTo = attach; }
-
-  bool HitTest(double x, double y, int *attachment, double *distance);
-
-#ifdef PROLOGIO
-  // I/O
-  virtual void WriteAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-  virtual void ReadAttributes(wxExpr *clause);
-#endif
-
-  virtual void FindNth(wxShape *image, int *nth, int *no_arcs, bool incoming);
-
-  // Find which position we're talking about at this (x, y).
-  // Returns ARROW_POSITION_START, ARROW_POSITION_MIDDLE, ARROW_POSITION_END
-  int FindLinePosition(double x, double y);
-
-  // This is really to distinguish between lines and other images.
-  // For lines, want to pass drag to canvas, since lines tend to prevent
-  // dragging on a canvas (they get in the way.)
-  virtual bool Draggable() const { return FALSE; }
-
-  // Does the copying for this object
-  void Copy(wxShape& copy);
-
-  // Add an arrowhead.
-  wxArrowHead *AddArrow(WXTYPE type, int end = ARROW_POSITION_END,
-                double arrowSize = 10.0, double xOffset = 0.0, const wxString& name = "",
-                wxPseudoMetaFile *mf = NULL, long arrowId = -1);
-
-  // Add an arrowhead in the position indicated by the reference
-  // list of arrowheads, which contains all legal arrowheads for this
-  // line, in the correct order.
-  // E.g. reference list:      a b c d e
-  //      Current line list:   a d
-  // Add c, then line list is: a c d
-  // If no legal arrowhead position, return FALSE.
-  // Assume reference list is for one end only, since it potentially defines
-  // the ordering for any one of the 3 positions. So we don't check
-  // the reference list for arrowhead position.
-  bool AddArrowOrdered(wxArrowHead *arrow, wxList& referenceList, int end);
-
-  // Delete arrowhead(s)
-  void ClearArrowsAtPosition(int end = -1);
-  bool ClearArrow(const wxString& name);
-  wxArrowHead *FindArrowHead(int position, const wxString& name);
-  wxArrowHead *FindArrowHead(long arrowId);
-  bool DeleteArrowHead(int position, const wxString& name);
-  bool DeleteArrowHead(long arrowId);
-  void DrawArrow(wxDC& dc, wxArrowHead *arrow, double xOffset, bool proportionalOffset);
-  inline void SetIgnoreOffsets(bool ignore) { m_ignoreArrowOffsets = ignore; }
-  inline wxList& GetArrows() const { return (wxList&) m_arcArrows; }
-
-  // Find horizontal width for drawing a line with
-  // arrows in minimum space. Assume arrows at
-  // END only
-  double FindMinimumWidth();
-
-  // Set alignment flags. ALIGNMENT NOT IMPLEMENTED.
-  void SetAlignmentOrientation(bool isEnd, bool isHoriz);
-  void SetAlignmentType(bool isEnd, int alignType);
-  bool GetAlignmentOrientation(bool isEnd);
-  int GetAlignmentType(bool isEnd);
-
-  // Find next control point in line after the start/end point
-  // (depending on whether the node object is at start or end)
-  wxRealPoint *GetNextControlPoint(wxShape *nodeObject);
-  inline bool IsEnd(wxShape *nodeObject) const { return (m_to == nodeObject); }
-
-private:
-  bool              m_erasing;              // flag to say whether we're erasing or drawing
-                                            // this line (really so metafiles can draw a
-                                            // blank rectangle)
-  bool              m_ignoreArrowOffsets;   // Don't always want to draw arrowhead offsets
-                                            // because they may not work on tool palettes (for example)
-  bool              m_isSpline;
-  bool              m_maintainStraightLines;
-
-protected:
-  // Temporary list of line segment orientations
-  // so we know what direction the line is supposed to be dog-legging
-  // in. The values are integer: 0 for vertical, 1 for horizontal.
-  wxList            m_lineOrientations;
-
-  // Temporary pointers for start, middle and end label editing objects
-  // (active only when the line is selected)
-  wxLabelShape*     m_labelObjects[3];
-
-  // These define the segmented line - not to be confused with temporary control
-  // points which appear when object is selected (although in this case they'll
-  // probably be the same)
-  wxList*           m_lineControlPoints;
-
-  double            m_arrowSpacing; // Separation between adjacent arrows
-
-  wxShape*          m_to;
-  wxShape*          m_from;
-
-  int               m_attachmentTo;   // Attachment point at one end
-  int               m_attachmentFrom; // Attachment point at other end
-
-  // Alignment flags
-  int               m_alignmentStart;
-  int               m_alignmentEnd;
-
-  wxList            m_arcArrows;
-
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _OGL_LINES_H_